1 /* Xtensa-specific support for 32-bit ELF.
2 Copyright 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
7 modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
8 published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
9 License, or (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
12 WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
14 General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
30 #include "elf/xtensa.h"
31 #include "xtensa-isa.h"
32 #include "xtensa-config.h"
34 #define XTENSA_NO_NOP_REMOVAL 0
36 /* Local helper functions. */
38 static bfd_boolean
add_extra_plt_sections (bfd
*, int);
39 static char *build_encoding_error_message (xtensa_opcode
, bfd_vma
);
40 static bfd_reloc_status_type bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
41 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
42 static bfd_boolean do_fix_for_relocatable_link
43 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*);
44 static void do_fix_for_final_link
45 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, bfd_vma
*);
47 /* Local functions to handle Xtensa configurability. */
49 static bfd_boolean
is_indirect_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode
);
50 static bfd_boolean
is_direct_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode
);
51 static bfd_boolean
is_windowed_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode
);
52 static xtensa_opcode
get_const16_opcode (void);
53 static xtensa_opcode
get_l32r_opcode (void);
54 static bfd_vma
l32r_offset (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
55 static int get_relocation_opnd (xtensa_opcode
, int);
56 static int get_relocation_slot (int);
57 static xtensa_opcode get_relocation_opcode
58 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
59 static bfd_boolean is_l32r_relocation
60 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
61 static bfd_boolean
is_alt_relocation (int);
62 static bfd_boolean
is_operand_relocation (int);
63 static bfd_size_type insn_decode_len
64 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_size_type
);
65 static xtensa_opcode insn_decode_opcode
66 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_size_type
, int);
67 static bfd_boolean check_branch_target_aligned
68 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
69 static bfd_boolean check_loop_aligned
70 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
71 static bfd_boolean
check_branch_target_aligned_address (bfd_vma
, int);
72 static bfd_size_type get_asm_simplify_size
73 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_size_type
);
75 /* Functions for link-time code simplifications. */
77 static bfd_reloc_status_type elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify
78 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
, char **);
79 static bfd_reloc_status_type contract_asm_expansion
80 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_vma
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, char **);
81 static xtensa_opcode
swap_callx_for_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode
);
82 static xtensa_opcode
get_expanded_call_opcode (bfd_byte
*, int, bfd_boolean
*);
84 /* Access to internal relocations, section contents and symbols. */
86 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*retrieve_internal_relocs
87 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_boolean
);
88 static void pin_internal_relocs (asection
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
89 static void release_internal_relocs (asection
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
90 static bfd_byte
*retrieve_contents (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_boolean
);
91 static void pin_contents (asection
*, bfd_byte
*);
92 static void release_contents (asection
*, bfd_byte
*);
93 static Elf_Internal_Sym
*retrieve_local_syms (bfd
*);
95 /* Miscellaneous utility functions. */
97 static asection
*elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (bfd
*, int);
98 static asection
*elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (bfd
*, int);
99 static asection
*get_elf_r_symndx_section (bfd
*, unsigned long);
100 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*get_elf_r_symndx_hash_entry
101 (bfd
*, unsigned long);
102 static bfd_vma
get_elf_r_symndx_offset (bfd
*, unsigned long);
103 static bfd_boolean
is_reloc_sym_weak (bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
104 static bfd_boolean
pcrel_reloc_fits (xtensa_opcode
, int, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
105 static bfd_boolean
xtensa_is_property_section (asection
*);
106 static bfd_boolean
xtensa_is_littable_section (asection
*);
107 static int internal_reloc_compare (const void *, const void *);
108 static int internal_reloc_matches (const void *, const void *);
109 extern char *xtensa_get_property_section_name (asection
*, const char *);
110 static flagword
xtensa_get_property_predef_flags (asection
*);
112 /* Other functions called directly by the linker. */
114 typedef void (*deps_callback_t
)
115 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
*, bfd_vma
, void *);
116 extern bfd_boolean xtensa_callback_required_dependence
117 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, deps_callback_t
, void *);
120 /* Globally visible flag for choosing size optimization of NOP removal
121 instead of branch-target-aware minimization for NOP removal.
122 When nonzero, narrow all instructions and remove all NOPs possible
123 around longcall expansions. */
125 int elf32xtensa_size_opt
;
128 /* The "new_section_hook" is used to set up a per-section
129 "xtensa_relax_info" data structure with additional information used
130 during relaxation. */
132 typedef struct xtensa_relax_info_struct xtensa_relax_info
;
135 /* Total count of PLT relocations seen during check_relocs.
136 The actual PLT code must be split into multiple sections and all
137 the sections have to be created before size_dynamic_sections,
138 where we figure out the exact number of PLT entries that will be
139 needed. It is OK if this count is an overestimate, e.g., some
140 relocations may be removed by GC. */
142 static int plt_reloc_count
= 0;
145 /* The GNU tools do not easily allow extending interfaces to pass around
146 the pointer to the Xtensa ISA information, so instead we add a global
147 variable here (in BFD) that can be used by any of the tools that need
150 xtensa_isa xtensa_default_isa
;
153 /* When this is true, relocations may have been modified to refer to
154 symbols from other input files. The per-section list of "fix"
155 records needs to be checked when resolving relocations. */
157 static bfd_boolean relaxing_section
= FALSE
;
159 /* When this is true, during final links, literals that cannot be
160 coalesced and their relocations may be moved to other sections. */
162 int elf32xtensa_no_literal_movement
= 1;
165 static reloc_howto_type elf_howto_table
[] =
167 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_NONE
, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
168 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_NONE",
169 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE
),
170 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_32
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
171 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_32",
172 TRUE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
173 /* Replace a 32-bit value with a value from the runtime linker (only
174 used by linker-generated stub functions). The r_addend value is
175 special: 1 means to substitute a pointer to the runtime linker's
176 dynamic resolver function; 2 means to substitute the link map for
177 the shared object. */
178 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_RTLD
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
179 NULL
, "R_XTENSA_RTLD",
180 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE
),
181 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
182 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT",
183 FALSE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
184 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
185 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT",
186 FALSE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
187 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_RELATIVE
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
188 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_RELATIVE",
189 FALSE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
190 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_PLT
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
191 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_PLT",
192 FALSE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
194 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_OP0
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
195 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_OP0",
196 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
197 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_OP1
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
198 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_OP1",
199 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
200 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_OP2
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
201 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_OP2",
202 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
203 /* Assembly auto-expansion. */
204 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
205 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND",
206 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE
),
207 /* Relax assembly auto-expansion. */
208 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
209 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY",
210 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
213 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
214 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 2, 0, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
215 NULL
, "R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT",
216 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE
),
217 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
218 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 2, 0, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
219 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
, "R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY",
220 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, FALSE
),
222 /* Relocations for supporting difference of symbols. */
223 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_DIFF8
, 0, 0, 8, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
224 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_DIFF8",
225 FALSE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
226 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_DIFF16
, 0, 1, 16, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
227 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_DIFF16",
228 FALSE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
229 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_DIFF32
, 0, 2, 32, FALSE
, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield
,
230 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_DIFF32",
231 FALSE
, 0xffffffff, 0xffffffff, FALSE
),
233 /* General immediate operand relocations. */
234 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
235 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP",
236 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
237 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT1_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
238 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT1_OP",
239 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
240 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT2_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
241 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT2_OP",
242 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
243 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT3_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
244 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT3_OP",
245 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
246 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT4_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
247 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT4_OP",
248 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
249 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT5_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
250 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT5_OP",
251 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
252 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT6_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
253 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT6_OP",
254 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
255 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT7_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
256 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT7_OP",
257 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
258 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT8_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
259 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT8_OP",
260 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
261 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT9_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
262 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT9_OP",
263 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
264 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT10_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
265 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT10_OP",
266 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
267 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT11_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
268 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT11_OP",
269 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
270 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT12_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
271 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT12_OP",
272 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
273 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT13_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
274 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT13_OP",
275 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
276 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
277 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP",
278 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
280 /* "Alternate" relocations. The meaning of these is opcode-specific. */
281 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
282 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT",
283 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
284 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT1_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
285 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT1_ALT",
286 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
287 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT2_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
288 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT2_ALT",
289 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
290 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT3_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
291 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT3_ALT",
292 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
293 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT4_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
294 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT4_ALT",
295 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
296 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT5_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
297 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT5_ALT",
298 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
299 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT6_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
300 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT6_ALT",
301 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
302 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT7_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
303 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT7_ALT",
304 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
305 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT8_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
306 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT8_ALT",
307 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
308 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT9_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
309 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT9_ALT",
310 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
311 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT10_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
312 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT10_ALT",
313 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
314 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT11_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
315 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT11_ALT",
316 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
317 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT12_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
318 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT12_ALT",
319 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
320 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT13_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
321 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT13_ALT",
322 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
),
323 HOWTO (R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
, 0, 0, 0, TRUE
, 0, complain_overflow_dont
,
324 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc
, "R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT",
325 FALSE
, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, TRUE
)
330 fprintf (stderr, "Xtensa bfd reloc lookup %d (%s)\n", code, str)
335 static reloc_howto_type
*
336 elf_xtensa_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
337 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
342 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_NONE");
343 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_NONE
];
346 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_32");
347 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_32
];
349 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF8
:
350 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF8");
351 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_DIFF8
];
353 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF16
:
354 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF16");
355 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_DIFF16
];
357 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF32
:
358 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF32");
359 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_DIFF32
];
361 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_RTLD
:
362 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_RTLD");
363 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_RTLD
];
365 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT
:
366 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT");
367 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT
];
369 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT
:
370 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT");
371 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT
];
373 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_RELATIVE
:
374 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_RELATIVE");
375 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_RELATIVE
];
377 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_PLT
:
378 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_PLT");
379 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_PLT
];
381 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP0
:
382 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP0");
383 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_OP0
];
385 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP1
:
386 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP1");
387 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_OP1
];
389 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP2
:
390 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_OP2");
391 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_OP2
];
393 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
:
394 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND");
395 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
];
397 case BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
:
398 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY");
399 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
];
401 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
:
402 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT");
403 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT
];
405 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
:
406 TRACE ("BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY");
407 return &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY
];
410 if (code
>= BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
411 && code
<= BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP
)
413 unsigned n
= (R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
+
414 (code
- BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
));
415 return &elf_howto_table
[n
];
418 if (code
>= BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
419 && code
<= BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
)
421 unsigned n
= (R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
+
422 (code
- BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
));
423 return &elf_howto_table
[n
];
434 /* Given an ELF "rela" relocation, find the corresponding howto and record
435 it in the BFD internal arelent representation of the relocation. */
438 elf_xtensa_info_to_howto_rela (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
440 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
442 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
444 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
< (unsigned int) R_XTENSA_max
);
445 cache_ptr
->howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
449 /* Functions for the Xtensa ELF linker. */
451 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
454 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/lib/ld.so"
456 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.
457 (This does _not_ include the space for the literals associated with
460 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 16
462 /* For _really_ large PLTs, we may need to alternate between literals
463 and code to keep the literals within the 256K range of the L32R
464 instructions in the code. It's unlikely that anyone would ever need
465 such a big PLT, but an arbitrary limit on the PLT size would be bad.
466 Thus, we split the PLT into chunks. Since there's very little
467 overhead (2 extra literals) for each chunk, the chunk size is kept
468 small so that the code for handling multiple chunks get used and
469 tested regularly. With 254 entries, there are 1K of literals for
470 each chunk, and that seems like a nice round number. */
472 #define PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK 254
474 /* PLT entries are actually used as stub functions for lazy symbol
475 resolution. Once the symbol is resolved, the stub function is never
476 invoked. Note: the 32-byte frame size used here cannot be changed
477 without a corresponding change in the runtime linker. */
479 static const bfd_byte elf_xtensa_be_plt_entry
[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
] =
481 0x6c, 0x10, 0x04, /* entry sp, 32 */
482 0x18, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a8, [got entry for rtld's resolver] */
483 0x1a, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a10, [got entry for rtld's link map] */
484 0x1b, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a11, [literal for reloc index] */
485 0x0a, 0x80, 0x00, /* jx a8 */
489 static const bfd_byte elf_xtensa_le_plt_entry
[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
] =
491 0x36, 0x41, 0x00, /* entry sp, 32 */
492 0x81, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a8, [got entry for rtld's resolver] */
493 0xa1, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a10, [got entry for rtld's link map] */
494 0xb1, 0x00, 0x00, /* l32r a11, [literal for reloc index] */
495 0xa0, 0x08, 0x00, /* jx a8 */
500 static inline bfd_boolean
501 xtensa_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
502 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
504 /* Check if we should do dynamic things to this symbol. The
505 "ignore_protected" argument need not be set, because Xtensa code
506 does not require special handling of STV_PROTECTED to make function
507 pointer comparisons work properly. The PLT addresses are never
508 used for function pointers. */
510 return _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (h
, info
, 0);
515 property_table_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
517 const property_table_entry
*a
= (const property_table_entry
*) ap
;
518 const property_table_entry
*b
= (const property_table_entry
*) bp
;
520 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
522 if (a
->size
!= b
->size
)
523 return (a
->size
- b
->size
);
525 if ((a
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
) != (b
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
))
526 return ((b
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
)
527 - (a
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
));
529 if ((a
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
)
530 && (GET_XTENSA_PROP_ALIGNMENT (a
->flags
)
531 != GET_XTENSA_PROP_ALIGNMENT (b
->flags
)))
532 return (GET_XTENSA_PROP_ALIGNMENT (a
->flags
)
533 - GET_XTENSA_PROP_ALIGNMENT (b
->flags
));
535 if ((a
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
)
536 != (b
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
))
537 return ((b
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
)
538 - (a
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
));
540 return (a
->flags
- b
->flags
);
543 return (a
->address
- b
->address
);
548 property_table_matches (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
550 const property_table_entry
*a
= (const property_table_entry
*) ap
;
551 const property_table_entry
*b
= (const property_table_entry
*) bp
;
553 /* Check if one entry overlaps with the other. */
554 if ((b
->address
>= a
->address
&& b
->address
< (a
->address
+ a
->size
))
555 || (a
->address
>= b
->address
&& a
->address
< (b
->address
+ b
->size
)))
558 return (a
->address
- b
->address
);
562 /* Get the literal table or property table entries for the given
563 section. Sets TABLE_P and returns the number of entries. On
564 error, returns a negative value. */
567 xtensa_read_table_entries (bfd
*abfd
,
569 property_table_entry
**table_p
,
570 const char *sec_name
,
571 bfd_boolean output_addr
)
573 asection
*table_section
;
574 char *table_section_name
;
575 bfd_size_type table_size
= 0;
576 bfd_byte
*table_data
;
577 property_table_entry
*blocks
;
578 int blk
, block_count
;
579 bfd_size_type num_records
;
580 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
581 bfd_vma section_addr
;
582 flagword predef_flags
;
583 bfd_size_type table_entry_size
;
586 || !(section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
587 || (section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
593 table_section_name
= xtensa_get_property_section_name (section
, sec_name
);
594 table_section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, table_section_name
);
595 free (table_section_name
);
597 table_size
= table_section
->size
;
605 predef_flags
= xtensa_get_property_predef_flags (table_section
);
606 table_entry_size
= 12;
608 table_entry_size
-= 4;
610 num_records
= table_size
/ table_entry_size
;
611 table_data
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, table_section
, TRUE
);
612 blocks
= (property_table_entry
*)
613 bfd_malloc (num_records
* sizeof (property_table_entry
));
617 section_addr
= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
619 section_addr
= section
->vma
;
621 /* If the file has not yet been relocated, process the relocations
622 and sort out the table entries that apply to the specified section. */
623 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, table_section
, TRUE
);
624 if (internal_relocs
&& !table_section
->reloc_done
)
628 for (i
= 0; i
< table_section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
630 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
631 unsigned long r_symndx
;
633 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_NONE
)
636 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_32
);
637 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
639 if (get_elf_r_symndx_section (abfd
, r_symndx
) == section
)
641 bfd_vma sym_off
= get_elf_r_symndx_offset (abfd
, r_symndx
);
642 BFD_ASSERT (sym_off
== 0);
643 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_addend
== 0);
644 blocks
[block_count
].address
=
645 (section_addr
+ sym_off
+ rel
->r_addend
646 + bfd_get_32 (abfd
, table_data
+ rel
->r_offset
));
647 blocks
[block_count
].size
=
648 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, table_data
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
650 blocks
[block_count
].flags
= predef_flags
;
652 blocks
[block_count
].flags
=
653 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, table_data
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 8);
660 /* The file has already been relocated and the addresses are
661 already in the table. */
663 bfd_size_type section_limit
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, section
);
665 for (off
= 0; off
< table_size
; off
+= table_entry_size
)
667 bfd_vma address
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, table_data
+ off
);
669 if (address
>= section_addr
670 && address
< section_addr
+ section_limit
)
672 blocks
[block_count
].address
= address
;
673 blocks
[block_count
].size
=
674 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, table_data
+ off
+ 4);
676 blocks
[block_count
].flags
= predef_flags
;
678 blocks
[block_count
].flags
=
679 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, table_data
+ off
+ 8);
685 release_contents (table_section
, table_data
);
686 release_internal_relocs (table_section
, internal_relocs
);
690 /* Now sort them into address order for easy reference. */
691 qsort (blocks
, block_count
, sizeof (property_table_entry
),
692 property_table_compare
);
694 /* Check that the table contents are valid. Problems may occur,
695 for example, if an unrelocated object file is stripped. */
696 for (blk
= 1; blk
< block_count
; blk
++)
698 /* The only circumstance where two entries may legitimately
699 have the same address is when one of them is a zero-size
700 placeholder to mark a place where fill can be inserted.
701 The zero-size entry should come first. */
702 if (blocks
[blk
- 1].address
== blocks
[blk
].address
&&
703 blocks
[blk
- 1].size
!= 0)
705 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B(%A): invalid property table"),
707 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
719 static property_table_entry
*
720 elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (property_table_entry
*property_table
,
721 int property_table_size
,
724 property_table_entry entry
;
725 property_table_entry
*rv
;
727 if (property_table_size
== 0)
730 entry
.address
= addr
;
734 rv
= bsearch (&entry
, property_table
, property_table_size
,
735 sizeof (property_table_entry
), property_table_matches
);
741 elf_xtensa_in_literal_pool (property_table_entry
*lit_table
,
745 if (elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (lit_table
, lit_table_size
, addr
))
752 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
753 calculate needed space in the dynamic reloc sections. */
756 elf_xtensa_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
757 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
759 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
761 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
762 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
763 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
764 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
766 if (info
->relocatable
)
769 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
770 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
772 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
773 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
776 unsigned long r_symndx
;
777 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
779 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
780 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
782 if (r_symndx
>= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
784 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: bad symbol index: %d"),
789 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
793 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
794 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
795 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
796 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
805 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
807 if (h
->got
.refcount
<= 0)
810 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
815 /* If this relocation is against a local symbol, then it's
816 exactly the same as a normal local GOT entry. */
820 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
822 if (h
->plt
.refcount
<= 0)
828 h
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
830 /* Keep track of the total PLT relocation count even if we
831 don't yet know whether the dynamic sections will be
833 plt_reloc_count
+= 1;
835 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
837 if (!add_extra_plt_sections (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
845 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
847 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
849 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
850 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
851 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
855 size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
856 size
*= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma
);
857 local_got_refcounts
=
858 (bfd_signed_vma
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
859 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
861 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
863 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
870 case R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
:
871 case R_XTENSA_SLOT1_OP
:
872 case R_XTENSA_SLOT2_OP
:
873 case R_XTENSA_SLOT3_OP
:
874 case R_XTENSA_SLOT4_OP
:
875 case R_XTENSA_SLOT5_OP
:
876 case R_XTENSA_SLOT6_OP
:
877 case R_XTENSA_SLOT7_OP
:
878 case R_XTENSA_SLOT8_OP
:
879 case R_XTENSA_SLOT9_OP
:
880 case R_XTENSA_SLOT10_OP
:
881 case R_XTENSA_SLOT11_OP
:
882 case R_XTENSA_SLOT12_OP
:
883 case R_XTENSA_SLOT13_OP
:
884 case R_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP
:
885 case R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
:
886 case R_XTENSA_SLOT1_ALT
:
887 case R_XTENSA_SLOT2_ALT
:
888 case R_XTENSA_SLOT3_ALT
:
889 case R_XTENSA_SLOT4_ALT
:
890 case R_XTENSA_SLOT5_ALT
:
891 case R_XTENSA_SLOT6_ALT
:
892 case R_XTENSA_SLOT7_ALT
:
893 case R_XTENSA_SLOT8_ALT
:
894 case R_XTENSA_SLOT9_ALT
:
895 case R_XTENSA_SLOT10_ALT
:
896 case R_XTENSA_SLOT11_ALT
:
897 case R_XTENSA_SLOT12_ALT
:
898 case R_XTENSA_SLOT13_ALT
:
899 case R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
:
900 case R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
:
901 case R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
:
903 case R_XTENSA_DIFF16
:
904 case R_XTENSA_DIFF32
:
905 /* Nothing to do for these. */
908 case R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
909 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
910 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
911 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
915 case R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY
:
916 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
917 used. Record for later use during GC. */
918 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
932 elf_xtensa_make_sym_local (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
933 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
937 if (h
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
939 /* Will use RELATIVE relocs instead of JMP_SLOT relocs. */
940 if (h
->got
.refcount
< 0)
942 h
->got
.refcount
+= h
->plt
.refcount
;
948 /* Don't need any dynamic relocations at all. */
956 elf_xtensa_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
957 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
958 bfd_boolean force_local
)
960 /* For a shared link, move the plt refcount to the got refcount to leave
961 space for RELATIVE relocs. */
962 elf_xtensa_make_sym_local (info
, h
);
964 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
968 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
972 elf_xtensa_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
973 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
974 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
975 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
976 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
980 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
982 case R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
983 case R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY
:
987 switch (h
->root
.type
)
989 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
990 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
991 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
993 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
994 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1002 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
1008 /* Update the GOT & PLT entry reference counts
1009 for the section being removed. */
1012 elf_xtensa_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
1013 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1015 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
1017 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
1018 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
1019 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
1020 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
1022 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1025 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1026 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
1027 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
1029 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
1030 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
1032 unsigned long r_symndx
;
1033 unsigned int r_type
;
1034 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
1036 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
1037 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
1039 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
1040 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1041 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1042 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1045 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
1051 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
1058 if (h
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
1063 if (local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] > 0)
1064 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] -= 1;
1076 /* Create all the dynamic sections. */
1079 elf_xtensa_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1081 flagword flags
, noalloc_flags
;
1084 /* First do all the standard stuff. */
1085 if (! _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (dynobj
, info
))
1088 /* Create any extra PLT sections in case check_relocs has already
1089 been called on all the non-dynamic input files. */
1090 if (!add_extra_plt_sections (dynobj
, plt_reloc_count
))
1093 noalloc_flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
1094 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
1095 flags
= noalloc_flags
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
1097 /* Mark the ".got.plt" section READONLY. */
1098 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got.plt");
1100 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, s
, flags
))
1103 /* Create ".rela.got". */
1104 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.got", flags
);
1106 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, s
, 2))
1109 /* Create ".got.loc" (literal tables for use by dynamic linker). */
1110 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, ".got.loc", flags
);
1112 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, s
, 2))
1115 /* Create ".xt.lit.plt" (literal table for ".got.plt*"). */
1116 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, ".xt.lit.plt",
1119 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, s
, 2))
1127 add_extra_plt_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, int count
)
1131 /* Iterate over all chunks except 0 which uses the standard ".plt" and
1132 ".got.plt" sections. */
1133 for (chunk
= count
/ PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
; chunk
> 0; chunk
--)
1139 /* Stop when we find a section has already been created. */
1140 if (elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (dynobj
, chunk
))
1143 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
1144 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
1146 sname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (10);
1147 sprintf (sname
, ".plt.%u", chunk
);
1148 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, sname
,
1151 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, s
, 2))
1154 sname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (14);
1155 sprintf (sname
, ".got.plt.%u", chunk
);
1156 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, sname
, flags
);
1158 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, s
, 2))
1166 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
1167 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
1168 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
1169 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
1173 elf_xtensa_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1174 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1176 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
1177 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
1178 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
1181 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1182 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1183 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1184 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
1188 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object. The
1189 reference must go through the GOT, so there's no need for COPY relocs,
1197 elf_xtensa_fix_refcounts (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
1199 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) arg
;
1201 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1202 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1204 if (! xtensa_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (h
, info
))
1205 elf_xtensa_make_sym_local (info
, h
);
1212 elf_xtensa_allocate_plt_size (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
1214 asection
*srelplt
= (asection
*) arg
;
1216 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1217 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1219 if (h
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
1220 srelplt
->size
+= (h
->plt
.refcount
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
1227 elf_xtensa_allocate_got_size (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
1229 asection
*srelgot
= (asection
*) arg
;
1231 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1232 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1234 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
1235 srelgot
->size
+= (h
->got
.refcount
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
1242 elf_xtensa_allocate_local_got_size (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1247 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link_next
)
1249 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
1250 bfd_size_type j
, cnt
;
1251 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
1253 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
1254 if (!local_got_refcounts
)
1257 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
1258 cnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
1260 for (j
= 0; j
< cnt
; ++j
)
1262 if (local_got_refcounts
[j
] > 0)
1263 srelgot
->size
+= (local_got_refcounts
[j
]
1264 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
1270 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
1273 elf_xtensa_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1274 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1277 asection
*s
, *srelplt
, *splt
, *sgotplt
, *srelgot
, *spltlittbl
, *sgotloc
;
1278 bfd_boolean relplt
, relgot
;
1279 int plt_entries
, plt_chunks
, chunk
;
1285 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
1289 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
1291 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
1292 if (info
->executable
)
1294 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
1297 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
1298 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
1301 /* Allocate room for one word in ".got". */
1302 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got");
1307 /* Adjust refcounts for symbols that we now know are not "dynamic". */
1308 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
1309 elf_xtensa_fix_refcounts
,
1312 /* Allocate space in ".rela.got" for literals that reference
1314 srelgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rela.got");
1315 if (srelgot
== NULL
)
1317 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
1318 elf_xtensa_allocate_got_size
,
1321 /* If we are generating a shared object, we also need space in
1322 ".rela.got" for R_XTENSA_RELATIVE relocs for literals that
1323 reference local symbols. */
1325 elf_xtensa_allocate_local_got_size (info
, srelgot
);
1327 /* Allocate space in ".rela.plt" for literals that have PLT entries. */
1328 srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rela.plt");
1329 if (srelplt
== NULL
)
1331 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
1332 elf_xtensa_allocate_plt_size
,
1335 /* Allocate space in ".plt" to match the size of ".rela.plt". For
1336 each PLT entry, we need the PLT code plus a 4-byte literal.
1337 For each chunk of ".plt", we also need two more 4-byte
1338 literals, two corresponding entries in ".rela.got", and an
1339 8-byte entry in ".xt.lit.plt". */
1340 spltlittbl
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".xt.lit.plt");
1341 if (spltlittbl
== NULL
)
1344 plt_entries
= srelplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1346 (plt_entries
+ PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
- 1) / PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
1348 /* Iterate over all the PLT chunks, including any extra sections
1349 created earlier because the initial count of PLT relocations
1350 was an overestimate. */
1352 (splt
= elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (dynobj
, chunk
)) != NULL
;
1357 sgotplt
= elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (dynobj
, chunk
);
1358 if (sgotplt
== NULL
)
1361 if (chunk
< plt_chunks
- 1)
1362 chunk_entries
= PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
1363 else if (chunk
== plt_chunks
- 1)
1364 chunk_entries
= plt_entries
- (chunk
* PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
);
1368 if (chunk_entries
!= 0)
1370 sgotplt
->size
= 4 * (chunk_entries
+ 2);
1371 splt
->size
= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
* chunk_entries
;
1372 srelgot
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1373 spltlittbl
->size
+= 8;
1382 /* Allocate space in ".got.loc" to match the total size of all the
1384 sgotloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got.loc");
1385 if (sgotloc
== NULL
)
1387 sgotloc
->size
= spltlittbl
->size
;
1388 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
1390 if (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
)
1392 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1394 if (! elf_discarded_section (s
)
1395 && xtensa_is_littable_section (s
)
1397 sgotloc
->size
+= s
->size
;
1402 /* Allocate memory for dynamic sections. */
1405 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1409 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
1412 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
1413 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
1414 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
1416 if (strncmp (name
, ".rela", 5) == 0)
1420 if (strcmp (name
, ".rela.plt") == 0)
1422 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rela.got") == 0)
1425 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
1426 to copy relocs into the output file. */
1430 else if (strncmp (name
, ".plt.", 5) != 0
1431 && strncmp (name
, ".got.plt.", 9) != 0
1432 && strcmp (name
, ".got") != 0
1433 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") != 0
1434 && strcmp (name
, ".got.plt") != 0
1435 && strcmp (name
, ".xt.lit.plt") != 0
1436 && strcmp (name
, ".got.loc") != 0)
1438 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
1444 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the output
1445 file. We must create the ".plt*" and ".got.plt*"
1446 sections in create_dynamic_sections and/or check_relocs
1447 based on a conservative estimate of the PLT relocation
1448 count, because the sections must be created before the
1449 linker maps input sections to output sections. The
1450 linker does that before size_dynamic_sections, where we
1451 compute the exact size of the PLT, so there may be more
1452 of these sections than are actually needed. */
1453 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1455 else if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
1457 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
1458 s
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
1459 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
1464 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
1466 /* Add the special XTENSA_RTLD relocations now. The offsets won't be
1467 known until finish_dynamic_sections, but we need to get the relocs
1468 in place before they are sorted. */
1469 if (srelgot
== NULL
)
1471 for (chunk
= 0; chunk
< plt_chunks
; chunk
++)
1473 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
;
1477 irela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_RTLD
);
1480 loc
= (srelgot
->contents
1481 + srelgot
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
1482 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &irela
, loc
);
1483 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &irela
,
1484 loc
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
1485 srelgot
->reloc_count
+= 2;
1488 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
1489 values later, in elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
1490 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
1491 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
1492 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
1493 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
1494 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
1498 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
1504 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
1505 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
1506 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
1507 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0))
1513 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
1514 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
1515 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)))
1519 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_XTENSA_GOT_LOC_OFF
, 0)
1520 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_XTENSA_GOT_LOC_SZ
, 0))
1523 #undef add_dynamic_entry
1529 /* Remove any PT_LOAD segments with no allocated sections. Prior to
1530 binutils 2.13, this function used to remove the non-SEC_ALLOC
1531 sections from PT_LOAD segments, but that task has now been moved
1532 into elf.c. We still need this function to remove any empty
1533 segments that result, but there's nothing Xtensa-specific about
1534 this and it probably ought to be moved into elf.c as well. */
1537 elf_xtensa_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1538 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1540 struct elf_segment_map
**m_p
;
1542 m_p
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
1545 if ((*m_p
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m_p
)->count
== 0)
1546 *m_p
= (*m_p
)->next
;
1548 m_p
= &(*m_p
)->next
;
1554 /* Perform the specified relocation. The instruction at (contents + address)
1555 is modified to set one operand to represent the value in "relocation". The
1556 operand position is determined by the relocation type recorded in the
1559 #define CALL_SEGMENT_BITS (30)
1560 #define CALL_SEGMENT_SIZE (1 << CALL_SEGMENT_BITS)
1562 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1563 elf_xtensa_do_reloc (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
1565 asection
*input_section
,
1569 bfd_boolean is_weak_undef
,
1570 char **error_message
)
1573 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
1574 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
1575 static xtensa_insnbuf ibuff
= NULL
;
1576 static xtensa_insnbuf sbuff
= NULL
;
1577 bfd_vma self_address
= 0;
1578 bfd_size_type input_size
;
1584 ibuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
1585 sbuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
1588 input_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
);
1590 switch (howto
->type
)
1593 case R_XTENSA_DIFF8
:
1594 case R_XTENSA_DIFF16
:
1595 case R_XTENSA_DIFF32
:
1596 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1598 case R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
:
1601 /* Check for windowed CALL across a 1GB boundary. */
1602 xtensa_opcode opcode
=
1603 get_expanded_call_opcode (contents
+ address
,
1604 input_size
- address
, 0);
1605 if (is_windowed_call_opcode (opcode
))
1607 self_address
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
1608 + input_section
->output_offset
1610 if ((self_address
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
)
1611 != (relocation
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
))
1613 *error_message
= "windowed longcall crosses 1GB boundary; "
1615 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1619 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1621 case R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
:
1623 /* Convert the L32R/CALLX to CALL. */
1624 bfd_reloc_status_type retval
=
1625 elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify (contents
, address
, input_size
,
1627 if (retval
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1628 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1630 /* The CALL needs to be relocated. Continue below for that part. */
1632 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[(unsigned) R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
];
1640 x
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ address
);
1642 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, x
, contents
+ address
);
1644 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1647 /* Only instruction slot-specific relocations handled below.... */
1648 slot
= get_relocation_slot (howto
->type
);
1649 if (slot
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
1651 *error_message
= "unexpected relocation";
1652 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1655 /* Read the instruction into a buffer and decode the opcode. */
1656 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, ibuff
, contents
+ address
,
1657 input_size
- address
);
1658 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, ibuff
);
1659 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
1661 *error_message
= "cannot decode instruction format";
1662 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1665 xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, slot
, ibuff
, sbuff
);
1667 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, slot
, sbuff
);
1668 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
1670 *error_message
= "cannot decode instruction opcode";
1671 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1674 /* Check for opcode-specific "alternate" relocations. */
1675 if (is_alt_relocation (howto
->type
))
1677 if (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ())
1679 /* Handle the special-case of non-PC-relative L32R instructions. */
1680 bfd
*output_bfd
= input_section
->output_section
->owner
;
1681 asection
*lit4_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".lit4");
1684 *error_message
= "relocation references missing .lit4 section";
1685 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1687 self_address
= ((lit4_sec
->vma
& ~0xfff)
1688 + 0x40000 - 3); /* -3 to compensate for do_reloc */
1689 newval
= relocation
;
1692 else if (opcode
== get_const16_opcode ())
1694 /* ALT used for high 16 bits. */
1695 newval
= relocation
>> 16;
1700 /* No other "alternate" relocations currently defined. */
1701 *error_message
= "unexpected relocation";
1702 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1705 else /* Not an "alternate" relocation.... */
1707 if (opcode
== get_const16_opcode ())
1709 newval
= relocation
& 0xffff;
1714 /* ...normal PC-relative relocation.... */
1716 /* Determine which operand is being relocated. */
1717 opnd
= get_relocation_opnd (opcode
, howto
->type
);
1718 if (opnd
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
1720 *error_message
= "unexpected relocation";
1721 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1724 if (!howto
->pc_relative
)
1726 *error_message
= "expected PC-relative relocation";
1727 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1730 /* Calculate the PC address for this instruction. */
1731 self_address
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
1732 + input_section
->output_offset
1735 newval
= relocation
;
1739 /* Apply the relocation. */
1740 if (xtensa_operand_do_reloc (isa
, opcode
, opnd
, &newval
, self_address
)
1741 || xtensa_operand_encode (isa
, opcode
, opnd
, &newval
)
1742 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, opcode
, opnd
, fmt
, slot
,
1745 *error_message
= build_encoding_error_message (opcode
, relocation
);
1746 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1749 /* Check for calls across 1GB boundaries. */
1750 if (is_direct_call_opcode (opcode
)
1751 && is_windowed_call_opcode (opcode
))
1753 if ((self_address
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
)
1754 != (relocation
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
))
1757 "windowed call crosses 1GB boundary; return may fail";
1758 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1762 /* Write the modified instruction back out of the buffer. */
1763 xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, fmt
, slot
, ibuff
, sbuff
);
1764 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, ibuff
, contents
+ address
,
1765 input_size
- address
);
1766 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1770 static char * ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2,4)
1771 vsprint_msg (const char *origmsg
, const char *fmt
, int arglen
, ...)
1773 /* To reduce the size of the memory leak,
1774 we only use a single message buffer. */
1775 static bfd_size_type alloc_size
= 0;
1776 static char *message
= NULL
;
1777 bfd_size_type orig_len
, len
= 0;
1778 bfd_boolean is_append
;
1780 VA_OPEN (ap
, arglen
);
1781 VA_FIXEDARG (ap
, const char *, origmsg
);
1783 is_append
= (origmsg
== message
);
1785 orig_len
= strlen (origmsg
);
1786 len
= orig_len
+ strlen (fmt
) + arglen
+ 20;
1787 if (len
> alloc_size
)
1789 message
= (char *) bfd_realloc (message
, len
);
1793 memcpy (message
, origmsg
, orig_len
);
1794 vsprintf (message
+ orig_len
, fmt
, ap
);
1801 build_encoding_error_message (xtensa_opcode opcode
, bfd_vma target_address
)
1803 const char *opname
= xtensa_opcode_name (xtensa_default_isa
, opcode
);
1806 msg
= "cannot encode";
1807 if (is_direct_call_opcode (opcode
))
1809 if ((target_address
& 0x3) != 0)
1810 msg
= "misaligned call target";
1812 msg
= "call target out of range";
1814 else if (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ())
1816 if ((target_address
& 0x3) != 0)
1817 msg
= "misaligned literal target";
1819 msg
= "literal target out of range";
1822 return vsprint_msg (opname
, ": %s", strlen (msg
) + 2, msg
);
1826 /* This function is registered as the "special_function" in the
1827 Xtensa howto for handling simplify operations.
1828 bfd_perform_relocation / bfd_install_relocation use it to
1829 perform (install) the specified relocation. Since this replaces the code
1830 in bfd_perform_relocation, it is basically an Xtensa-specific,
1831 stripped-down version of bfd_perform_relocation. */
1833 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1834 bfd_elf_xtensa_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
1835 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1838 asection
*input_section
,
1840 char **error_message
)
1843 bfd_reloc_status_type flag
;
1844 bfd_size_type octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
1845 bfd_vma output_base
= 0;
1846 reloc_howto_type
*howto
= reloc_entry
->howto
;
1847 asection
*reloc_target_output_section
;
1848 bfd_boolean is_weak_undef
;
1850 if (!xtensa_default_isa
)
1851 xtensa_default_isa
= xtensa_isa_init (0, 0);
1853 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1854 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, the resulting
1855 reloc will also be against the same symbol. In such a case, we
1856 don't want to change anything about the way the reloc is handled,
1857 since it will all be done at final link time. This test is similar
1858 to what bfd_elf_generic_reloc does except that it lets relocs with
1859 howto->partial_inplace go through even if the addend is non-zero.
1860 (The real problem is that partial_inplace is set for XTENSA_32
1861 relocs to begin with, but that's a long story and there's little we
1862 can do about it now....) */
1864 if (output_bfd
&& (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
1866 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1867 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1870 /* Is the address of the relocation really within the section? */
1871 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1872 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1874 /* Work out which section the relocation is targeted at and the
1875 initial relocation command value. */
1877 /* Get symbol value. (Common symbols are special.) */
1878 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1881 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1883 reloc_target_output_section
= symbol
->section
->output_section
;
1885 /* Convert input-section-relative symbol value to absolute. */
1886 if ((output_bfd
&& !howto
->partial_inplace
)
1887 || reloc_target_output_section
== NULL
)
1890 output_base
= reloc_target_output_section
->vma
;
1892 relocation
+= output_base
+ symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1894 /* Add in supplied addend. */
1895 relocation
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1897 /* Here the variable relocation holds the final address of the
1898 symbol we are relocating against, plus any addend. */
1901 if (!howto
->partial_inplace
)
1903 /* This is a partial relocation, and we want to apply the relocation
1904 to the reloc entry rather than the raw data. Everything except
1905 relocations against section symbols has already been handled
1908 BFD_ASSERT (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
);
1909 reloc_entry
->addend
= relocation
;
1910 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1911 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1915 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1916 reloc_entry
->addend
= 0;
1920 is_weak_undef
= (bfd_is_und_section (symbol
->section
)
1921 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0);
1922 flag
= elf_xtensa_do_reloc (howto
, abfd
, input_section
, relocation
,
1923 (bfd_byte
*) data
, (bfd_vma
) octets
,
1924 is_weak_undef
, error_message
);
1926 if (flag
== bfd_reloc_dangerous
)
1928 /* Add the symbol name to the error message. */
1929 if (! *error_message
)
1930 *error_message
= "";
1931 *error_message
= vsprint_msg (*error_message
, ": (%s + 0x%lx)",
1932 strlen (symbol
->name
) + 17,
1933 symbol
->name
, reloc_entry
->addend
);
1940 /* Set up an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1943 elf_xtensa_create_plt_entry (bfd
*dynobj
,
1945 unsigned reloc_index
)
1947 asection
*splt
, *sgotplt
;
1948 bfd_vma plt_base
, got_base
;
1949 bfd_vma code_offset
, lit_offset
;
1952 chunk
= reloc_index
/ PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
1953 splt
= elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (dynobj
, chunk
);
1954 sgotplt
= elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (dynobj
, chunk
);
1955 BFD_ASSERT (splt
!= NULL
&& sgotplt
!= NULL
);
1957 plt_base
= splt
->output_section
->vma
+ splt
->output_offset
;
1958 got_base
= sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
+ sgotplt
->output_offset
;
1960 lit_offset
= 8 + (reloc_index
% PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
) * 4;
1961 code_offset
= (reloc_index
% PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
) * PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
1963 /* Fill in the literal entry. This is the offset of the dynamic
1964 relocation entry. */
1965 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
),
1966 sgotplt
->contents
+ lit_offset
);
1968 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1969 memcpy (splt
->contents
+ code_offset
,
1970 (bfd_big_endian (output_bfd
)
1971 ? elf_xtensa_be_plt_entry
1972 : elf_xtensa_le_plt_entry
),
1974 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, l32r_offset (got_base
+ 0,
1975 plt_base
+ code_offset
+ 3),
1976 splt
->contents
+ code_offset
+ 4);
1977 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, l32r_offset (got_base
+ 4,
1978 plt_base
+ code_offset
+ 6),
1979 splt
->contents
+ code_offset
+ 7);
1980 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, l32r_offset (got_base
+ lit_offset
,
1981 plt_base
+ code_offset
+ 9),
1982 splt
->contents
+ code_offset
+ 10);
1984 return plt_base
+ code_offset
;
1988 /* Relocate an Xtensa ELF section. This is invoked by the linker for
1989 both relocatable and final links. */
1992 elf_xtensa_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
1993 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1995 asection
*input_section
,
1997 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1998 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
1999 asection
**local_sections
)
2001 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2002 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2003 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
2004 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2005 asection
*srelgot
, *srelplt
;
2007 property_table_entry
*lit_table
= 0;
2009 char *error_message
= NULL
;
2010 bfd_size_type input_size
;
2012 if (!xtensa_default_isa
)
2013 xtensa_default_isa
= xtensa_isa_init (0, 0);
2015 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2016 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2017 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
2023 srelgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rela.got");;
2024 srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rela.plt");
2027 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
2029 ltblsize
= xtensa_read_table_entries (input_bfd
, input_section
,
2030 &lit_table
, XTENSA_LIT_SEC_NAME
,
2036 input_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd
, input_section
);
2039 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
2040 for (; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
2043 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
2044 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2045 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2046 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
2049 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
2050 bfd_boolean is_weak_undef
;
2051 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
;
2054 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2055 if (r_type
== (int) R_XTENSA_GNU_VTINHERIT
2056 || r_type
== (int) R_XTENSA_GNU_VTENTRY
)
2059 if (r_type
< 0 || r_type
>= (int) R_XTENSA_max
)
2061 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2064 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
2066 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2068 if (info
->relocatable
)
2070 /* This is a relocatable link.
2071 1) If the reloc is against a section symbol, adjust
2072 according to the output section.
2073 2) If there is a new target for this relocation,
2074 the new target will be in the same output section.
2075 We adjust the relocation by the output section
2078 if (relaxing_section
)
2080 /* Check if this references a section in another input file. */
2081 if (!do_fix_for_relocatable_link (rel
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2084 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2087 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
)
2089 char *error_message
= NULL
;
2090 /* Convert ASM_SIMPLIFY into the simpler relocation
2091 so that they never escape a relaxing link. */
2092 r
= contract_asm_expansion (contents
, input_size
, rel
,
2094 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2096 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
2097 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2101 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2104 /* This is a relocatable link, so we don't have to change
2105 anything unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
2106 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
2107 section symbol winds up in the output section. */
2108 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2110 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
2111 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
2113 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
2114 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sym
->st_value
;
2118 /* If there is an addend with a partial_inplace howto,
2119 then move the addend to the contents. This is a hack
2120 to work around problems with DWARF in relocatable links
2121 with some previous version of BFD. Now we can't easily get
2122 rid of the hack without breaking backward compatibility.... */
2125 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
2126 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
2128 r
= elf_xtensa_do_reloc (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2129 rel
->r_addend
, contents
,
2130 rel
->r_offset
, FALSE
,
2132 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2134 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
2135 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2143 /* Done with work for relocatable link; continue with next reloc. */
2147 /* This is a final link. */
2152 is_weak_undef
= FALSE
;
2153 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
2156 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
2158 /* Because R_XTENSA_32 was made partial_inplace to fix some
2159 problems with DWARF info in partial links, there may be
2160 an addend stored in the contents. Take it out of there
2161 and move it back into the addend field of the reloc. */
2162 rel
->r_addend
+= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
2163 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, 0, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
2166 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2168 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
2169 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
2170 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
2174 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
2175 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
2177 unresolved_reloc
, warned
);
2180 && !unresolved_reloc
2181 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2182 is_weak_undef
= TRUE
;
2185 if (relaxing_section
)
2187 /* Check if this references a section in another input file. */
2188 do_fix_for_final_link (rel
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
2191 /* Update some already cached values. */
2192 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2193 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
2196 /* Sanity check the address. */
2197 if (rel
->r_offset
>= input_size
2198 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_NONE
)
2200 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2201 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): relocation offset out of range (size=0x%x)"),
2202 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, input_size
);
2203 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2207 /* Generate dynamic relocations. */
2208 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
2210 bfd_boolean dynamic_symbol
= xtensa_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (h
, info
);
2212 if (dynamic_symbol
&& is_operand_relocation (r_type
))
2214 /* This is an error. The symbol's real value won't be known
2215 until runtime and it's likely to be out of range anyway. */
2216 const char *name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
2217 error_message
= vsprint_msg ("invalid relocation for dynamic "
2219 strlen (name
) + 2, name
);
2220 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
2221 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2225 else if ((r_type
== R_XTENSA_32
|| r_type
== R_XTENSA_PLT
)
2226 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2227 && (dynamic_symbol
|| info
->shared
))
2229 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
2233 if (dynamic_symbol
&& r_type
== R_XTENSA_PLT
)
2238 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
2241 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
2242 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
2244 if ((outrel
.r_offset
| 1) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
2245 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
2248 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
2249 + input_section
->output_offset
);
2251 /* Complain if the relocation is in a read-only section
2252 and not in a literal pool. */
2253 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
2254 && !elf_xtensa_in_literal_pool (lit_table
, ltblsize
,
2258 _("dynamic relocation in read-only section");
2259 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
2260 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2267 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2270 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_32
)
2273 ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_XTENSA_GLOB_DAT
);
2276 else /* r_type == R_XTENSA_PLT */
2279 ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT
);
2281 /* Create the PLT entry and set the initial
2282 contents of the literal entry to the address of
2285 elf_xtensa_create_plt_entry (dynobj
, output_bfd
,
2288 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
2292 /* Generate a RELATIVE relocation. */
2293 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_RELATIVE
);
2294 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
2298 loc
= (srel
->contents
2299 + srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
2300 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
2301 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) * srel
->reloc_count
2306 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
2307 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
2308 not process them. */
2309 if (unresolved_reloc
2310 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
2312 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2313 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable relocation against symbol `%s'"),
2316 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
2317 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2319 /* There's no point in calling bfd_perform_relocation here.
2320 Just go directly to our "special function". */
2321 r
= elf_xtensa_do_reloc (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2322 relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
,
2323 contents
, rel
->r_offset
, is_weak_undef
,
2326 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
&& !warned
)
2330 BFD_ASSERT (r
== bfd_reloc_dangerous
|| r
== bfd_reloc_other
);
2331 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
2334 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
2337 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
2338 (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
, sym
->st_name
);
2339 if (name
&& *name
== '\0')
2340 name
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
2344 if (rel
->r_addend
== 0)
2345 error_message
= vsprint_msg (error_message
, ": %s",
2346 strlen (name
) + 2, name
);
2348 error_message
= vsprint_msg (error_message
, ": (%s+0x%x)",
2350 name
, (int)rel
->r_addend
);
2353 if (!((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
2354 (info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
2363 input_section
->reloc_done
= TRUE
;
2369 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. There's not much to do here since
2370 the PLT and GOT entries are all set up by relocate_section. */
2373 elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2374 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2375 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2376 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
2381 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
2382 the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
2383 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
2386 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
2387 if (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
2388 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2389 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
2395 /* Combine adjacent literal table entries in the output. Adjacent
2396 entries within each input section may have been removed during
2397 relaxation, but we repeat the process here, even though it's too late
2398 to shrink the output section, because it's important to minimize the
2399 number of literal table entries to reduce the start-up work for the
2400 runtime linker. Returns the number of remaining table entries or -1
2404 elf_xtensa_combine_prop_entries (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2409 property_table_entry
*table
;
2410 bfd_size_type section_size
, sgotloc_size
;
2414 section_size
= sxtlit
->size
;
2415 BFD_ASSERT (section_size
% 8 == 0);
2416 num
= section_size
/ 8;
2418 sgotloc_size
= sgotloc
->size
;
2419 if (sgotloc_size
!= section_size
)
2421 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2422 (_("internal inconsistency in size of .got.loc section"));
2426 table
= bfd_malloc (num
* sizeof (property_table_entry
));
2430 /* The ".xt.lit.plt" section has the SEC_IN_MEMORY flag set and this
2431 propagates to the output section, where it doesn't really apply and
2432 where it breaks the following call to bfd_malloc_and_get_section. */
2433 sxtlit
->flags
&= ~SEC_IN_MEMORY
;
2435 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (output_bfd
, sxtlit
, &contents
))
2443 /* There should never be any relocations left at this point, so this
2444 is quite a bit easier than what is done during relaxation. */
2446 /* Copy the raw contents into a property table array and sort it. */
2448 for (n
= 0; n
< num
; n
++)
2450 table
[n
].address
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, &contents
[offset
]);
2451 table
[n
].size
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, &contents
[offset
+ 4]);
2454 qsort (table
, num
, sizeof (property_table_entry
), property_table_compare
);
2456 for (n
= 0; n
< num
; n
++)
2458 bfd_boolean remove
= FALSE
;
2460 if (table
[n
].size
== 0)
2463 (table
[n
-1].address
+ table
[n
-1].size
== table
[n
].address
))
2465 table
[n
-1].size
+= table
[n
].size
;
2471 for (m
= n
; m
< num
- 1; m
++)
2473 table
[m
].address
= table
[m
+1].address
;
2474 table
[m
].size
= table
[m
+1].size
;
2482 /* Copy the data back to the raw contents. */
2484 for (n
= 0; n
< num
; n
++)
2486 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, table
[n
].address
, &contents
[offset
]);
2487 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, table
[n
].size
, &contents
[offset
+ 4]);
2491 /* Clear the removed bytes. */
2492 if ((bfd_size_type
) (num
* 8) < section_size
)
2493 memset (&contents
[num
* 8], 0, section_size
- num
* 8);
2495 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sxtlit
, contents
, 0,
2499 /* Copy the contents to ".got.loc". */
2500 memcpy (sgotloc
->contents
, contents
, section_size
);
2508 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
2511 elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2512 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2515 asection
*sdyn
, *srelplt
, *sgot
, *sxtlit
, *sgotloc
;
2516 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
2517 int num_xtlit_entries
;
2519 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
2522 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2523 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
2524 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
2526 /* Set the first entry in the global offset table to the address of
2527 the dynamic section. */
2528 sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got");
2531 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
->size
== 4);
2533 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
);
2535 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
2536 sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
,
2540 srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rela.plt");
2541 if (srelplt
&& srelplt
->size
!= 0)
2543 asection
*sgotplt
, *srelgot
, *spltlittbl
;
2544 int chunk
, plt_chunks
, plt_entries
;
2545 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
;
2547 unsigned rtld_reloc
;
2549 srelgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rela.got");;
2550 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot
!= NULL
);
2552 spltlittbl
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".xt.lit.plt");
2553 BFD_ASSERT (spltlittbl
!= NULL
);
2555 /* Find the first XTENSA_RTLD relocation. Presumably the rest
2556 of them follow immediately after.... */
2557 for (rtld_reloc
= 0; rtld_reloc
< srelgot
->reloc_count
; rtld_reloc
++)
2559 loc
= srelgot
->contents
+ rtld_reloc
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
2560 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &irela
);
2561 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irela
.r_info
) == R_XTENSA_RTLD
)
2564 BFD_ASSERT (rtld_reloc
< srelgot
->reloc_count
);
2566 plt_entries
= srelplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
2568 (plt_entries
+ PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
- 1) / PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
2570 for (chunk
= 0; chunk
< plt_chunks
; chunk
++)
2572 int chunk_entries
= 0;
2574 sgotplt
= elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (dynobj
, chunk
);
2575 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt
!= NULL
);
2577 /* Emit special RTLD relocations for the first two entries in
2578 each chunk of the .got.plt section. */
2580 loc
= srelgot
->contents
+ rtld_reloc
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
2581 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &irela
);
2582 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (irela
.r_info
) == R_XTENSA_RTLD
);
2583 irela
.r_offset
= (sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
2584 + sgotplt
->output_offset
);
2585 irela
.r_addend
= 1; /* tell rtld to set value to resolver function */
2586 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &irela
, loc
);
2588 BFD_ASSERT (rtld_reloc
<= srelgot
->reloc_count
);
2590 /* Next literal immediately follows the first. */
2591 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
2592 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &irela
);
2593 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (irela
.r_info
) == R_XTENSA_RTLD
);
2594 irela
.r_offset
= (sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
2595 + sgotplt
->output_offset
+ 4);
2596 /* Tell rtld to set value to object's link map. */
2598 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &irela
, loc
);
2600 BFD_ASSERT (rtld_reloc
<= srelgot
->reloc_count
);
2602 /* Fill in the literal table. */
2603 if (chunk
< plt_chunks
- 1)
2604 chunk_entries
= PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
2606 chunk_entries
= plt_entries
- (chunk
* PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
);
2608 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned) (chunk
+ 1) * 8 <= spltlittbl
->size
);
2609 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
2610 sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
+ sgotplt
->output_offset
,
2611 spltlittbl
->contents
+ (chunk
* 8) + 0);
2612 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
2613 8 + (chunk_entries
* 4),
2614 spltlittbl
->contents
+ (chunk
* 8) + 4);
2617 /* All the dynamic relocations have been emitted at this point.
2618 Make sure the relocation sections are the correct size. */
2619 if (srelgot
->size
!= (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
2620 * srelgot
->reloc_count
)
2621 || srelplt
->size
!= (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
2622 * srelplt
->reloc_count
))
2625 /* The .xt.lit.plt section has just been modified. This must
2626 happen before the code below which combines adjacent literal
2627 table entries, and the .xt.lit.plt contents have to be forced to
2629 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
2630 spltlittbl
->output_section
,
2631 spltlittbl
->contents
,
2632 spltlittbl
->output_offset
,
2635 /* Clear SEC_HAS_CONTENTS so the contents won't be output again. */
2636 spltlittbl
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2639 /* Combine adjacent literal table entries. */
2640 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->relocatable
);
2641 sxtlit
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".xt.lit");
2642 sgotloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got.loc");
2643 BFD_ASSERT (sxtlit
&& sgotloc
);
2645 elf_xtensa_combine_prop_entries (output_bfd
, sxtlit
, sgotloc
);
2646 if (num_xtlit_entries
< 0)
2649 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
2650 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
2651 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
2653 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2657 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
2664 case DT_XTENSA_GOT_LOC_SZ
:
2665 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= num_xtlit_entries
;
2668 case DT_XTENSA_GOT_LOC_OFF
:
2677 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
2679 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
2683 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".rela.plt");
2685 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
2689 /* Adjust RELASZ to not include JMPREL. This matches what
2690 glibc expects and what is done for several other ELF
2691 targets (e.g., i386, alpha), but the "correct" behavior
2692 seems to be unresolved. Since the linker script arranges
2693 for .rela.plt to follow all other relocation sections, we
2694 don't have to worry about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
2695 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".rela.plt");
2697 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= s
->size
;
2701 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
2708 /* Functions for dealing with the e_flags field. */
2710 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
2711 object file when linking. */
2714 elf_xtensa_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
2716 unsigned out_mach
, in_mach
;
2717 flagword out_flag
, in_flag
;
2719 /* Check if we have the same endianess. */
2720 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
2723 /* Don't even pretend to support mixed-format linking. */
2724 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
2725 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2728 out_flag
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
2729 in_flag
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
2731 out_mach
= out_flag
& EF_XTENSA_MACH
;
2732 in_mach
= in_flag
& EF_XTENSA_MACH
;
2733 if (out_mach
!= in_mach
)
2735 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2736 (_("%B: incompatible machine type. Output is 0x%x. Input is 0x%x"),
2737 ibfd
, out_mach
, in_mach
);
2738 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2742 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
2744 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
2745 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= in_flag
;
2747 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
2748 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
2749 return bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
2750 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
));
2755 if ((out_flag
& EF_XTENSA_XT_INSN
) != (in_flag
& EF_XTENSA_XT_INSN
))
2756 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= (~ EF_XTENSA_XT_INSN
);
2758 if ((out_flag
& EF_XTENSA_XT_LIT
) != (in_flag
& EF_XTENSA_XT_LIT
))
2759 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= (~ EF_XTENSA_XT_LIT
);
2766 elf_xtensa_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
2768 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
2769 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
2771 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= flags
;
2772 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
2779 elf_xtensa_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
2781 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
2782 flagword e_flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
2784 fprintf (f
, "\nXtensa header:\n");
2785 if ((e_flags
& EF_XTENSA_MACH
) == E_XTENSA_MACH
)
2786 fprintf (f
, "\nMachine = Base\n");
2788 fprintf (f
, "\nMachine Id = 0x%x\n", e_flags
& EF_XTENSA_MACH
);
2790 fprintf (f
, "Insn tables = %s\n",
2791 (e_flags
& EF_XTENSA_XT_INSN
) ? "true" : "false");
2793 fprintf (f
, "Literal tables = %s\n",
2794 (e_flags
& EF_XTENSA_XT_LIT
) ? "true" : "false");
2796 return _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, farg
);
2800 /* Set the right machine number for an Xtensa ELF file. */
2803 elf_xtensa_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
2806 unsigned long arch
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_XTENSA_MACH
;
2811 mach
= bfd_mach_xtensa
;
2817 (void) bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, bfd_arch_xtensa
, mach
);
2822 /* The final processing done just before writing out an Xtensa ELF object
2823 file. This gets the Xtensa architecture right based on the machine
2827 elf_xtensa_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
2828 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2833 switch (mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
2835 case bfd_mach_xtensa
:
2836 val
= E_XTENSA_MACH
;
2842 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= (~ EF_XTENSA_MACH
);
2843 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
2847 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
2848 elf_xtensa_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
2850 switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
2852 case R_XTENSA_RELATIVE
:
2853 return reloc_class_relative
;
2854 case R_XTENSA_JMP_SLOT
:
2855 return reloc_class_plt
;
2857 return reloc_class_normal
;
2863 elf_xtensa_discard_info_for_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2864 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
2865 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2869 bfd_vma section_size
;
2870 bfd_vma offset
, actual_offset
;
2871 size_t removed_bytes
= 0;
2873 section_size
= sec
->size
;
2874 if (section_size
== 0 || section_size
% 8 != 0)
2877 if (sec
->output_section
2878 && bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
2881 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, info
->keep_memory
);
2885 cookie
->rels
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
, info
->keep_memory
);
2888 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
2892 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
2893 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2895 for (offset
= 0; offset
< section_size
; offset
+= 8)
2897 actual_offset
= offset
- removed_bytes
;
2899 /* The ...symbol_deleted_p function will skip over relocs but it
2900 won't adjust their offsets, so do that here. */
2901 while (cookie
->rel
< cookie
->relend
2902 && cookie
->rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
2904 cookie
->rel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
2908 while (cookie
->rel
< cookie
->relend
2909 && cookie
->rel
->r_offset
== offset
)
2911 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (offset
, cookie
))
2913 /* Remove the table entry. (If the reloc type is NONE, then
2914 the entry has already been merged with another and deleted
2915 during relaxation.) */
2916 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (cookie
->rel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_NONE
)
2918 /* Shift the contents up. */
2919 if (offset
+ 8 < section_size
)
2920 memmove (&contents
[actual_offset
],
2921 &contents
[actual_offset
+8],
2922 section_size
- offset
- 8);
2926 /* Remove this relocation. */
2927 cookie
->rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
2930 /* Adjust the relocation offset for previous removals. This
2931 should not be done before calling ...symbol_deleted_p
2932 because it might mess up the offset comparisons there.
2933 Make sure the offset doesn't underflow in the case where
2934 the first entry is removed. */
2935 if (cookie
->rel
->r_offset
>= removed_bytes
)
2936 cookie
->rel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
2938 cookie
->rel
->r_offset
= 0;
2944 if (removed_bytes
!= 0)
2946 /* Adjust any remaining relocs (shouldn't be any). */
2947 for (; cookie
->rel
< cookie
->relend
; cookie
->rel
++)
2949 if (cookie
->rel
->r_offset
>= removed_bytes
)
2950 cookie
->rel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
2952 cookie
->rel
->r_offset
= 0;
2955 /* Clear the removed bytes. */
2956 memset (&contents
[section_size
- removed_bytes
], 0, removed_bytes
);
2958 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
2959 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, cookie
->rels
);
2962 sec
->size
= section_size
- removed_bytes
;
2964 if (xtensa_is_littable_section (sec
))
2966 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2970 bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got.loc");
2972 sgotloc
->size
-= removed_bytes
;
2978 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
2979 release_internal_relocs (sec
, cookie
->rels
);
2982 return (removed_bytes
!= 0);
2987 elf_xtensa_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2988 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
2989 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2992 bfd_boolean changed
= FALSE
;
2994 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2996 if (xtensa_is_property_section (sec
))
2998 if (elf_xtensa_discard_info_for_section (abfd
, cookie
, info
, sec
))
3008 elf_xtensa_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
3010 return xtensa_is_property_section (sec
);
3014 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
3017 elf_xtensa_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
3022 /* The size for Xtensa is variable, so don't try to recognize the format
3023 based on the size. Just assume this is GNU/Linux. */
3026 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
3029 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
3033 size
= note
->descsz
- offset
- 4;
3035 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
3036 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
3037 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
3042 elf_xtensa_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
3044 switch (note
->descsz
)
3049 case 128: /* GNU/Linux elf_prpsinfo */
3050 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
3051 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
3052 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
3053 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
3056 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
3057 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
3058 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
3061 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
3062 int n
= strlen (command
);
3064 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
3065 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
3072 /* Generic Xtensa configurability stuff. */
3074 static xtensa_opcode callx0_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3075 static xtensa_opcode callx4_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3076 static xtensa_opcode callx8_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3077 static xtensa_opcode callx12_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3078 static xtensa_opcode call0_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3079 static xtensa_opcode call4_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3080 static xtensa_opcode call8_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3081 static xtensa_opcode call12_op
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3084 init_call_opcodes (void)
3086 if (callx0_op
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3088 callx0_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "callx0");
3089 callx4_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "callx4");
3090 callx8_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "callx8");
3091 callx12_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "callx12");
3092 call0_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "call0");
3093 call4_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "call4");
3094 call8_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "call8");
3095 call12_op
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "call12");
3101 is_indirect_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode opcode
)
3103 init_call_opcodes ();
3104 return (opcode
== callx0_op
3105 || opcode
== callx4_op
3106 || opcode
== callx8_op
3107 || opcode
== callx12_op
);
3112 is_direct_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode opcode
)
3114 init_call_opcodes ();
3115 return (opcode
== call0_op
3116 || opcode
== call4_op
3117 || opcode
== call8_op
3118 || opcode
== call12_op
);
3123 is_windowed_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode opcode
)
3125 init_call_opcodes ();
3126 return (opcode
== call4_op
3127 || opcode
== call8_op
3128 || opcode
== call12_op
3129 || opcode
== callx4_op
3130 || opcode
== callx8_op
3131 || opcode
== callx12_op
);
3135 static xtensa_opcode
3136 get_const16_opcode (void)
3138 static bfd_boolean done_lookup
= FALSE
;
3139 static xtensa_opcode const16_opcode
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3142 const16_opcode
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "const16");
3145 return const16_opcode
;
3149 static xtensa_opcode
3150 get_l32r_opcode (void)
3152 static xtensa_opcode l32r_opcode
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3153 static bfd_boolean done_lookup
= FALSE
;
3157 l32r_opcode
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (xtensa_default_isa
, "l32r");
3165 l32r_offset (bfd_vma addr
, bfd_vma pc
)
3169 offset
= addr
- ((pc
+3) & -4);
3170 BFD_ASSERT ((offset
& ((1 << 2) - 1)) == 0);
3171 offset
= (signed int) offset
>> 2;
3172 BFD_ASSERT ((signed int) offset
>> 16 == -1);
3178 get_relocation_opnd (xtensa_opcode opcode
, int r_type
)
3180 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3181 int last_immed
, last_opnd
, opi
;
3183 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3184 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3186 /* Find the last visible PC-relative immediate operand for the opcode.
3187 If there are no PC-relative immediates, then choose the last visible
3188 immediate; otherwise, fail and return XTENSA_UNDEFINED. */
3189 last_immed
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3190 last_opnd
= xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, opcode
);
3191 for (opi
= last_opnd
- 1; opi
>= 0; opi
--)
3193 if (xtensa_operand_is_visible (isa
, opcode
, opi
) == 0)
3195 if (xtensa_operand_is_PCrelative (isa
, opcode
, opi
) == 1)
3200 if (last_immed
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
3201 && xtensa_operand_is_register (isa
, opcode
, opi
) == 0)
3205 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3207 /* If the operand number was specified in an old-style relocation,
3208 check for consistency with the operand computed above. */
3209 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_OP0
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_OP2
)
3211 int reloc_opnd
= r_type
- R_XTENSA_OP0
;
3212 if (reloc_opnd
!= last_immed
)
3213 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3221 get_relocation_slot (int r_type
)
3231 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP
)
3232 return r_type
- R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
;
3233 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
)
3234 return r_type
- R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
;
3238 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3242 /* Get the opcode for a relocation. */
3244 static xtensa_opcode
3245 get_relocation_opcode (bfd
*abfd
,
3248 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
)
3250 static xtensa_insnbuf ibuff
= NULL
;
3251 static xtensa_insnbuf sbuff
= NULL
;
3252 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3256 if (contents
== NULL
)
3257 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3259 if (bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
) <= irel
->r_offset
)
3260 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3264 ibuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3265 sbuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3268 /* Decode the instruction. */
3269 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, ibuff
, &contents
[irel
->r_offset
],
3270 sec
->size
- irel
->r_offset
);
3271 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, ibuff
);
3272 slot
= get_relocation_slot (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
));
3273 if (slot
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3274 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3275 xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, slot
, ibuff
, sbuff
);
3276 return xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, slot
, sbuff
);
3281 is_l32r_relocation (bfd
*abfd
,
3284 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
)
3286 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
3287 if (!is_operand_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
3289 opcode
= get_relocation_opcode (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
);
3290 return (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ());
3294 static bfd_size_type
3295 get_asm_simplify_size (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3296 bfd_size_type content_len
,
3297 bfd_size_type offset
)
3299 bfd_size_type insnlen
, size
= 0;
3301 /* Decode the size of the next two instructions. */
3302 insnlen
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_len
, offset
);
3308 insnlen
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_len
, offset
+ size
);
3318 is_alt_relocation (int r_type
)
3320 return (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
3321 && r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
);
3326 is_operand_relocation (int r_type
)
3336 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP
)
3338 if (r_type
>= R_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT
&& r_type
<= R_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT
)
3347 #define MIN_INSN_LENGTH 2
3349 /* Return 0 if it fails to decode. */
3352 insn_decode_len (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3353 bfd_size_type content_len
,
3354 bfd_size_type offset
)
3357 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3359 static xtensa_insnbuf ibuff
= NULL
;
3361 if (offset
+ MIN_INSN_LENGTH
> content_len
)
3365 ibuff
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3366 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, ibuff
, &contents
[offset
],
3367 content_len
- offset
);
3368 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, ibuff
);
3369 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3371 insn_len
= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
3372 if (insn_len
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3378 /* Decode the opcode for a single slot instruction.
3379 Return 0 if it fails to decode or the instruction is multi-slot. */
3382 insn_decode_opcode (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3383 bfd_size_type content_len
,
3384 bfd_size_type offset
,
3387 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3389 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
3390 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
3392 if (offset
+ MIN_INSN_LENGTH
> content_len
)
3393 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3395 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
3397 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3398 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3401 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, &contents
[offset
],
3402 content_len
- offset
);
3403 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
3404 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3405 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3407 if (slot
>= xtensa_format_num_slots (isa
, fmt
))
3408 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3410 xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, slot
, insnbuf
, slotbuf
);
3411 return xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, slot
, slotbuf
);
3415 /* The offset is the offset in the contents.
3416 The address is the address of that offset. */
3419 check_branch_target_aligned (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3420 bfd_size_type content_length
,
3424 bfd_size_type insn_len
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_length
, offset
);
3427 return check_branch_target_aligned_address (address
, insn_len
);
3432 check_loop_aligned (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3433 bfd_size_type content_length
,
3437 bfd_size_type loop_len
, insn_len
;
3438 xtensa_opcode opcode
=
3439 insn_decode_opcode (contents
, content_length
, offset
, 0);
3440 BFD_ASSERT (opcode
!= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
);
3441 if (opcode
!= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3443 BFD_ASSERT (xtensa_opcode_is_loop (xtensa_default_isa
, opcode
));
3444 if (!xtensa_opcode_is_loop (xtensa_default_isa
, opcode
))
3447 loop_len
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_length
, offset
);
3448 BFD_ASSERT (loop_len
!= 0);
3452 insn_len
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_length
, offset
+ loop_len
);
3453 BFD_ASSERT (insn_len
!= 0);
3457 return check_branch_target_aligned_address (address
+ loop_len
, insn_len
);
3462 check_branch_target_aligned_address (bfd_vma addr
, int len
)
3465 return (addr
% 8 == 0);
3466 return ((addr
>> 2) == ((addr
+ len
- 1) >> 2));
3470 /* Instruction widening and narrowing. */
3472 /* When FLIX is available we need to access certain instructions only
3473 when they are 16-bit or 24-bit instructions. This table caches
3474 information about such instructions by walking through all the
3475 opcodes and finding the smallest single-slot format into which each
3478 static xtensa_format
*op_single_fmt_table
= NULL
;
3482 init_op_single_format_table (void)
3484 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3485 xtensa_insnbuf ibuf
;
3486 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
3490 if (op_single_fmt_table
)
3493 ibuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3494 num_opcodes
= xtensa_isa_num_opcodes (isa
);
3496 op_single_fmt_table
= (xtensa_format
*)
3497 bfd_malloc (sizeof (xtensa_format
) * num_opcodes
);
3498 for (opcode
= 0; opcode
< num_opcodes
; opcode
++)
3500 op_single_fmt_table
[opcode
] = XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3501 for (fmt
= 0; fmt
< xtensa_isa_num_formats (isa
); fmt
++)
3503 if (xtensa_format_num_slots (isa
, fmt
) == 1
3504 && xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, fmt
, 0, ibuf
, opcode
) == 0)
3506 xtensa_opcode old_fmt
= op_single_fmt_table
[opcode
];
3507 int fmt_length
= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
3508 if (old_fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
3509 || fmt_length
< xtensa_format_length (isa
, old_fmt
))
3510 op_single_fmt_table
[opcode
] = fmt
;
3514 xtensa_insnbuf_free (isa
, ibuf
);
3518 static xtensa_format
3519 get_single_format (xtensa_opcode opcode
)
3521 init_op_single_format_table ();
3522 return op_single_fmt_table
[opcode
];
3526 /* For the set of narrowable instructions we do NOT include the
3527 narrowings beqz -> beqz.n or bnez -> bnez.n because of complexities
3528 involved during linker relaxation that may require these to
3529 re-expand in some conditions. Also, the narrowing "or" -> mov.n
3530 requires special case code to ensure it only works when op1 == op2. */
3538 struct string_pair narrowable
[] =
3541 { "addi", "addi.n" },
3542 { "addmi", "addi.n" },
3543 { "l32i", "l32i.n" },
3544 { "movi", "movi.n" },
3546 { "retw", "retw.n" },
3547 { "s32i", "s32i.n" },
3548 { "or", "mov.n" } /* special case only when op1 == op2 */
3551 struct string_pair widenable
[] =
3554 { "addi", "addi.n" },
3555 { "addmi", "addi.n" },
3556 { "beqz", "beqz.n" },
3557 { "bnez", "bnez.n" },
3558 { "l32i", "l32i.n" },
3559 { "movi", "movi.n" },
3561 { "retw", "retw.n" },
3562 { "s32i", "s32i.n" },
3563 { "or", "mov.n" } /* special case only when op1 == op2 */
3567 /* Attempt to narrow an instruction. Return true if the narrowing is
3568 valid. If the do_it parameter is non-zero, then perform the action
3569 in-place directly into the contents. Otherwise, do not modify the
3570 contents. The set of valid narrowing are specified by a string table
3571 but require some special case operand checks in some cases. */
3574 narrow_instruction (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3575 bfd_size_type content_length
,
3576 bfd_size_type offset
,
3579 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
3580 bfd_size_type insn_len
, opi
;
3581 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3582 xtensa_format fmt
, o_fmt
;
3584 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
3585 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
3586 static xtensa_insnbuf o_insnbuf
= NULL
;
3587 static xtensa_insnbuf o_slotbuf
= NULL
;
3589 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
3591 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3592 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3593 o_insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3594 o_slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3597 BFD_ASSERT (offset
< content_length
);
3599 if (content_length
< 2)
3602 /* We will hand-code a few of these for a little while.
3603 These have all been specified in the assembler aleady. */
3604 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, &contents
[offset
],
3605 content_length
- offset
);
3606 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
3607 if (xtensa_format_num_slots (isa
, fmt
) != 1)
3610 if (xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
) != 0)
3613 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
3614 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3616 insn_len
= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
3617 if (insn_len
> content_length
)
3620 for (opi
= 0; opi
< (sizeof (narrowable
)/sizeof (struct string_pair
)); ++opi
)
3622 bfd_boolean is_or
= (strcmp ("or", narrowable
[opi
].wide
) == 0);
3624 if (opcode
== xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, narrowable
[opi
].wide
))
3626 uint32 value
, newval
;
3627 int i
, operand_count
, o_operand_count
;
3628 xtensa_opcode o_opcode
;
3630 /* Address does not matter in this case. We might need to
3631 fix it to handle branches/jumps. */
3632 bfd_vma self_address
= 0;
3634 o_opcode
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, narrowable
[opi
].narrow
);
3635 if (o_opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3637 o_fmt
= get_single_format (o_opcode
);
3638 if (o_fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3641 if (xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
) != 3
3642 || xtensa_format_length (isa
, o_fmt
) != 2)
3645 xtensa_format_encode (isa
, o_fmt
, o_insnbuf
);
3646 operand_count
= xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, opcode
);
3647 o_operand_count
= xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, o_opcode
);
3649 if (xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, o_fmt
, 0, o_slotbuf
, o_opcode
) != 0)
3654 if (xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, o_opcode
) != operand_count
)
3659 uint32 rawval0
, rawval1
, rawval2
;
3661 if (o_operand_count
+ 1 != operand_count
)
3663 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, 0,
3664 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &rawval0
) != 0)
3666 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, 1,
3667 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &rawval1
) != 0)
3669 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, 2,
3670 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &rawval2
) != 0)
3673 if (rawval1
!= rawval2
)
3675 if (rawval0
== rawval1
) /* it is a nop */
3679 for (i
= 0; i
< o_operand_count
; ++i
)
3681 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, i
, fmt
, 0,
3683 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, i
, &value
))
3686 /* PC-relative branches need adjustment, but
3687 the PC-rel operand will always have a relocation. */
3689 if (xtensa_operand_do_reloc (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, &newval
,
3691 || xtensa_operand_encode (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, &newval
)
3692 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, o_fmt
, 0,
3697 if (xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, o_fmt
, 0,
3698 o_insnbuf
, o_slotbuf
) != 0)
3702 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, o_insnbuf
, contents
+ offset
,
3703 content_length
- offset
);
3711 /* Attempt to widen an instruction. Return true if the widening is
3712 valid. If the do_it parameter is non-zero, then the action should
3713 be performed inplace into the contents. Otherwise, do not modify
3714 the contents. The set of valid widenings are specified by a string
3715 table but require some special case operand checks in some
3719 widen_instruction (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3720 bfd_size_type content_length
,
3721 bfd_size_type offset
,
3724 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
3725 bfd_size_type insn_len
, opi
;
3726 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3727 xtensa_format fmt
, o_fmt
;
3729 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
3730 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
3731 static xtensa_insnbuf o_insnbuf
= NULL
;
3732 static xtensa_insnbuf o_slotbuf
= NULL
;
3734 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
3736 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3737 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3738 o_insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3739 o_slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3742 BFD_ASSERT (offset
< content_length
);
3744 if (content_length
< 2)
3747 /* We will hand code a few of these for a little while.
3748 These have all been specified in the assembler aleady. */
3749 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, &contents
[offset
],
3750 content_length
- offset
);
3751 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
3752 if (xtensa_format_num_slots (isa
, fmt
) != 1)
3755 if (xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
) != 0)
3758 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
3759 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3761 insn_len
= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
3762 if (insn_len
> content_length
)
3765 for (opi
= 0; opi
< (sizeof (widenable
)/sizeof (struct string_pair
)); ++opi
)
3767 bfd_boolean is_or
= (strcmp ("or", widenable
[opi
].wide
) == 0);
3768 bfd_boolean is_branch
= (strcmp ("beqz", widenable
[opi
].wide
) == 0
3769 || strcmp ("bnez", widenable
[opi
].wide
) == 0);
3771 if (opcode
== xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, widenable
[opi
].narrow
))
3773 uint32 value
, newval
;
3774 int i
, operand_count
, o_operand_count
, check_operand_count
;
3775 xtensa_opcode o_opcode
;
3777 /* Address does not matter in this case. We might need to fix it
3778 to handle branches/jumps. */
3779 bfd_vma self_address
= 0;
3781 o_opcode
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, widenable
[opi
].wide
);
3782 if (o_opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3784 o_fmt
= get_single_format (o_opcode
);
3785 if (o_fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3788 if (xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
) != 2
3789 || xtensa_format_length (isa
, o_fmt
) != 3)
3792 xtensa_format_encode (isa
, o_fmt
, o_insnbuf
);
3793 operand_count
= xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, opcode
);
3794 o_operand_count
= xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, o_opcode
);
3795 check_operand_count
= o_operand_count
;
3797 if (xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, o_fmt
, 0, o_slotbuf
, o_opcode
) != 0)
3802 if (xtensa_opcode_num_operands (isa
, o_opcode
) != operand_count
)
3807 uint32 rawval0
, rawval1
;
3809 if (o_operand_count
!= operand_count
+ 1)
3811 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, 0,
3812 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &rawval0
) != 0)
3814 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, 1,
3815 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &rawval1
) != 0)
3817 if (rawval0
== rawval1
) /* it is a nop */
3821 check_operand_count
--;
3823 for (i
= 0; i
< check_operand_count
; ++i
)
3826 if (is_or
&& i
== o_operand_count
- 1)
3828 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, new_i
, fmt
, 0,
3830 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, new_i
, &value
))
3833 /* PC-relative branches need adjustment, but
3834 the PC-rel operand will always have a relocation. */
3836 if (xtensa_operand_do_reloc (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, &newval
,
3838 || xtensa_operand_encode (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, &newval
)
3839 || xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, o_opcode
, i
, o_fmt
, 0,
3844 if (xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, o_fmt
, 0, o_insnbuf
, o_slotbuf
))
3848 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, o_insnbuf
, contents
+ offset
,
3849 content_length
- offset
);
3857 /* Code for transforming CALLs at link-time. */
3859 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3860 elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3862 bfd_vma content_length
,
3863 char **error_message
)
3865 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
3866 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
3867 xtensa_format core_format
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3868 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
3869 xtensa_opcode direct_call_opcode
;
3870 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3871 bfd_byte
*chbuf
= contents
+ address
;
3874 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
3876 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3877 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3880 if (content_length
< address
)
3882 *error_message
= _("Attempt to convert L32R/CALLX to CALL failed");
3883 return bfd_reloc_other
;
3886 opcode
= get_expanded_call_opcode (chbuf
, content_length
- address
, 0);
3887 direct_call_opcode
= swap_callx_for_call_opcode (opcode
);
3888 if (direct_call_opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3890 *error_message
= _("Attempt to convert L32R/CALLX to CALL failed");
3891 return bfd_reloc_other
;
3894 /* Assemble a NOP ("or a1, a1, a1") into the 0 byte offset. */
3895 core_format
= xtensa_format_lookup (isa
, "x24");
3896 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_lookup (isa
, "or");
3897 xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, core_format
, 0, slotbuf
, opcode
);
3898 for (opn
= 0; opn
< 3; opn
++)
3901 xtensa_operand_encode (isa
, opcode
, opn
, ®no
);
3902 xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, opcode
, opn
, core_format
, 0,
3905 xtensa_format_encode (isa
, core_format
, insnbuf
);
3906 xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, core_format
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
);
3907 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, chbuf
, content_length
- address
);
3909 /* Assemble a CALL ("callN 0") into the 3 byte offset. */
3910 xtensa_opcode_encode (isa
, core_format
, 0, slotbuf
, direct_call_opcode
);
3911 xtensa_operand_set_field (isa
, opcode
, 0, core_format
, 0, slotbuf
, 0);
3913 xtensa_format_encode (isa
, core_format
, insnbuf
);
3914 xtensa_format_set_slot (isa
, core_format
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
);
3915 xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, chbuf
+ 3,
3916 content_length
- address
- 3);
3918 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
3922 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3923 contract_asm_expansion (bfd_byte
*contents
,
3924 bfd_vma content_length
,
3925 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
,
3926 char **error_message
)
3928 bfd_reloc_status_type retval
=
3929 elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify (contents
, irel
->r_offset
, content_length
,
3932 if (retval
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
3933 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
3935 /* Update the irel->r_offset field so that the right immediate and
3936 the right instruction are modified during the relocation. */
3937 irel
->r_offset
+= 3;
3938 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP
);
3939 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
3943 static xtensa_opcode
3944 swap_callx_for_call_opcode (xtensa_opcode opcode
)
3946 init_call_opcodes ();
3948 if (opcode
== callx0_op
) return call0_op
;
3949 if (opcode
== callx4_op
) return call4_op
;
3950 if (opcode
== callx8_op
) return call8_op
;
3951 if (opcode
== callx12_op
) return call12_op
;
3953 /* Return XTENSA_UNDEFINED if the opcode is not an indirect call. */
3954 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3958 /* Check if "buf" is pointing to a "L32R aN; CALLX aN" or "CONST16 aN;
3959 CONST16 aN; CALLX aN" sequence, and if so, return the CALLX opcode.
3960 If not, return XTENSA_UNDEFINED. */
3962 #define L32R_TARGET_REG_OPERAND 0
3963 #define CONST16_TARGET_REG_OPERAND 0
3964 #define CALLN_SOURCE_OPERAND 0
3966 static xtensa_opcode
3967 get_expanded_call_opcode (bfd_byte
*buf
, int bufsize
, bfd_boolean
*p_uses_l32r
)
3969 static xtensa_insnbuf insnbuf
= NULL
;
3970 static xtensa_insnbuf slotbuf
= NULL
;
3972 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
3973 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
3974 uint32 regno
, const16_regno
, call_regno
;
3977 if (insnbuf
== NULL
)
3979 insnbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3980 slotbuf
= xtensa_insnbuf_alloc (isa
);
3983 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, buf
, bufsize
);
3984 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
3985 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
3986 || xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
))
3987 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3989 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
3990 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
3991 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
3993 if (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ())
3996 *p_uses_l32r
= TRUE
;
3997 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, L32R_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
3998 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, ®no
)
3999 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, L32R_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4001 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4003 else if (opcode
== get_const16_opcode ())
4006 *p_uses_l32r
= FALSE
;
4007 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, CONST16_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4008 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, ®no
)
4009 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, CONST16_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4011 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4013 /* Check that the next instruction is also CONST16. */
4014 offset
+= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
4015 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, buf
+ offset
, bufsize
- offset
);
4016 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
4017 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
4018 || xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
))
4019 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4020 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
4021 if (opcode
!= get_const16_opcode ())
4022 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4024 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, CONST16_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4025 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &const16_regno
)
4026 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, CONST16_TARGET_REG_OPERAND
,
4028 || const16_regno
!= regno
)
4029 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4032 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4034 /* Next instruction should be an CALLXn with operand 0 == regno. */
4035 offset
+= xtensa_format_length (isa
, fmt
);
4036 xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars (isa
, insnbuf
, buf
+ offset
, bufsize
- offset
);
4037 fmt
= xtensa_format_decode (isa
, insnbuf
);
4038 if (fmt
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
4039 || xtensa_format_get_slot (isa
, fmt
, 0, insnbuf
, slotbuf
))
4040 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4041 opcode
= xtensa_opcode_decode (isa
, fmt
, 0, slotbuf
);
4042 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
4043 || !is_indirect_call_opcode (opcode
))
4044 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4046 if (xtensa_operand_get_field (isa
, opcode
, CALLN_SOURCE_OPERAND
,
4047 fmt
, 0, slotbuf
, &call_regno
)
4048 || xtensa_operand_decode (isa
, opcode
, CALLN_SOURCE_OPERAND
,
4050 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4052 if (call_regno
!= regno
)
4053 return XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
4059 /* Data structures used during relaxation. */
4061 /* r_reloc: relocation values. */
4063 /* Through the relaxation process, we need to keep track of the values
4064 that will result from evaluating relocations. The standard ELF
4065 relocation structure is not sufficient for this purpose because we're
4066 operating on multiple input files at once, so we need to know which
4067 input file a relocation refers to. The r_reloc structure thus
4068 records both the input file (bfd) and ELF relocation.
4070 For efficiency, an r_reloc also contains a "target_offset" field to
4071 cache the target-section-relative offset value that is represented by
4074 The r_reloc also contains a virtual offset that allows multiple
4075 inserted literals to be placed at the same "address" with
4076 different offsets. */
4078 typedef struct r_reloc_struct r_reloc
;
4080 struct r_reloc_struct
4083 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
4084 bfd_vma target_offset
;
4085 bfd_vma virtual_offset
;
4089 /* The r_reloc structure is included by value in literal_value, but not
4090 every literal_value has an associated relocation -- some are simple
4091 constants. In such cases, we set all the fields in the r_reloc
4092 struct to zero. The r_reloc_is_const function should be used to
4093 detect this case. */
4096 r_reloc_is_const (const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4098 return (r_rel
->abfd
== NULL
);
4103 r_reloc_get_target_offset (const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4105 bfd_vma target_offset
;
4106 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4108 BFD_ASSERT (!r_reloc_is_const (r_rel
));
4109 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (r_rel
->rela
.r_info
);
4110 target_offset
= get_elf_r_symndx_offset (r_rel
->abfd
, r_symndx
);
4111 return (target_offset
+ r_rel
->rela
.r_addend
);
4115 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4116 r_reloc_get_hash_entry (const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4118 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (r_rel
->rela
.r_info
);
4119 return get_elf_r_symndx_hash_entry (r_rel
->abfd
, r_symndx
);
4124 r_reloc_get_section (const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4126 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (r_rel
->rela
.r_info
);
4127 return get_elf_r_symndx_section (r_rel
->abfd
, r_symndx
);
4132 r_reloc_is_defined (const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4138 sec
= r_reloc_get_section (r_rel
);
4139 if (sec
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
4140 || sec
== bfd_com_section_ptr
4141 || sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
4148 r_reloc_init (r_reloc
*r_rel
,
4150 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
,
4152 bfd_size_type content_length
)
4155 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
4159 r_rel
->rela
= *irel
;
4161 r_rel
->target_offset
= r_reloc_get_target_offset (r_rel
);
4162 r_rel
->virtual_offset
= 0;
4163 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (r_rel
->rela
.r_info
);
4164 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
4165 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
4167 bfd_vma inplace_val
;
4168 BFD_ASSERT (r_rel
->rela
.r_offset
< content_length
);
4170 inplace_val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[r_rel
->rela
.r_offset
]);
4171 r_rel
->target_offset
+= inplace_val
;
4175 memset (r_rel
, 0, sizeof (r_reloc
));
4182 print_r_reloc (FILE *fp
, const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
4184 if (r_reloc_is_defined (r_rel
))
4186 asection
*sec
= r_reloc_get_section (r_rel
);
4187 fprintf (fp
, " %s(%s + ", sec
->owner
->filename
, sec
->name
);
4189 else if (r_reloc_get_hash_entry (r_rel
))
4190 fprintf (fp
, " %s + ", r_reloc_get_hash_entry (r_rel
)->root
.root
.string
);
4192 fprintf (fp
, " ?? + ");
4194 fprintf_vma (fp
, r_rel
->target_offset
);
4195 if (r_rel
->virtual_offset
)
4197 fprintf (fp
, " + ");
4198 fprintf_vma (fp
, r_rel
->virtual_offset
);
4207 /* source_reloc: relocations that reference literals. */
4209 /* To determine whether literals can be coalesced, we need to first
4210 record all the relocations that reference the literals. The
4211 source_reloc structure below is used for this purpose. The
4212 source_reloc entries are kept in a per-literal-section array, sorted
4213 by offset within the literal section (i.e., target offset).
4215 The source_sec and r_rel.rela.r_offset fields identify the source of
4216 the relocation. The r_rel field records the relocation value, i.e.,
4217 the offset of the literal being referenced. The opnd field is needed
4218 to determine the range of the immediate field to which the relocation
4219 applies, so we can determine whether another literal with the same
4220 value is within range. The is_null field is true when the relocation
4221 is being removed (e.g., when an L32R is being removed due to a CALLX
4222 that is converted to a direct CALL). */
4224 typedef struct source_reloc_struct source_reloc
;
4226 struct source_reloc_struct
4228 asection
*source_sec
;
4230 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
4232 bfd_boolean is_null
;
4233 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
;
4238 init_source_reloc (source_reloc
*reloc
,
4239 asection
*source_sec
,
4240 const r_reloc
*r_rel
,
4241 xtensa_opcode opcode
,
4243 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
)
4245 reloc
->source_sec
= source_sec
;
4246 reloc
->r_rel
= *r_rel
;
4247 reloc
->opcode
= opcode
;
4249 reloc
->is_null
= FALSE
;
4250 reloc
->is_abs_literal
= is_abs_literal
;
4254 /* Find the source_reloc for a particular source offset and relocation
4255 type. Note that the array is sorted by _target_ offset, so this is
4256 just a linear search. */
4258 static source_reloc
*
4259 find_source_reloc (source_reloc
*src_relocs
,
4262 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
)
4266 for (i
= 0; i
< src_count
; i
++)
4268 if (src_relocs
[i
].source_sec
== sec
4269 && src_relocs
[i
].r_rel
.rela
.r_offset
== irel
->r_offset
4270 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (src_relocs
[i
].r_rel
.rela
.r_info
)
4271 == ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
4272 return &src_relocs
[i
];
4280 source_reloc_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
4282 const source_reloc
*a
= (const source_reloc
*) ap
;
4283 const source_reloc
*b
= (const source_reloc
*) bp
;
4285 if (a
->r_rel
.target_offset
!= b
->r_rel
.target_offset
)
4286 return (a
->r_rel
.target_offset
- b
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
4288 /* We don't need to sort on these criteria for correctness,
4289 but enforcing a more strict ordering prevents unstable qsort
4290 from behaving differently with different implementations.
4291 Without the code below we get correct but different results
4292 on Solaris 2.7 and 2.8. We would like to always produce the
4293 same results no matter the host. */
4295 if ((!a
->is_null
) - (!b
->is_null
))
4296 return ((!a
->is_null
) - (!b
->is_null
));
4297 return internal_reloc_compare (&a
->r_rel
.rela
, &b
->r_rel
.rela
);
4301 /* Literal values and value hash tables. */
4303 /* Literals with the same value can be coalesced. The literal_value
4304 structure records the value of a literal: the "r_rel" field holds the
4305 information from the relocation on the literal (if there is one) and
4306 the "value" field holds the contents of the literal word itself.
4308 The value_map structure records a literal value along with the
4309 location of a literal holding that value. The value_map hash table
4310 is indexed by the literal value, so that we can quickly check if a
4311 particular literal value has been seen before and is thus a candidate
4314 typedef struct literal_value_struct literal_value
;
4315 typedef struct value_map_struct value_map
;
4316 typedef struct value_map_hash_table_struct value_map_hash_table
;
4318 struct literal_value_struct
4321 unsigned long value
;
4322 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
;
4325 struct value_map_struct
4327 literal_value val
; /* The literal value. */
4328 r_reloc loc
; /* Location of the literal. */
4332 struct value_map_hash_table_struct
4334 unsigned bucket_count
;
4335 value_map
**buckets
;
4337 bfd_boolean has_last_loc
;
4343 init_literal_value (literal_value
*lit
,
4344 const r_reloc
*r_rel
,
4345 unsigned long value
,
4346 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
)
4348 lit
->r_rel
= *r_rel
;
4350 lit
->is_abs_literal
= is_abs_literal
;
4355 literal_value_equal (const literal_value
*src1
,
4356 const literal_value
*src2
,
4357 bfd_boolean final_static_link
)
4359 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
, *h2
;
4361 if (r_reloc_is_const (&src1
->r_rel
) != r_reloc_is_const (&src2
->r_rel
))
4364 if (r_reloc_is_const (&src1
->r_rel
))
4365 return (src1
->value
== src2
->value
);
4367 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (src1
->r_rel
.rela
.r_info
)
4368 != ELF32_R_TYPE (src2
->r_rel
.rela
.r_info
))
4371 if (src1
->r_rel
.target_offset
!= src2
->r_rel
.target_offset
)
4374 if (src1
->r_rel
.virtual_offset
!= src2
->r_rel
.virtual_offset
)
4377 if (src1
->value
!= src2
->value
)
4380 /* Now check for the same section (if defined) or the same elf_hash
4381 (if undefined or weak). */
4382 h1
= r_reloc_get_hash_entry (&src1
->r_rel
);
4383 h2
= r_reloc_get_hash_entry (&src2
->r_rel
);
4384 if (r_reloc_is_defined (&src1
->r_rel
)
4385 && (final_static_link
4386 || ((!h1
|| h1
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4387 && (!h2
|| h2
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))))
4389 if (r_reloc_get_section (&src1
->r_rel
)
4390 != r_reloc_get_section (&src2
->r_rel
))
4395 /* Require that the hash entries (i.e., symbols) be identical. */
4396 if (h1
!= h2
|| h1
== 0)
4400 if (src1
->is_abs_literal
!= src2
->is_abs_literal
)
4407 /* Must be power of 2. */
4408 #define INITIAL_HASH_RELOC_BUCKET_COUNT 1024
4410 static value_map_hash_table
*
4411 value_map_hash_table_init (void)
4413 value_map_hash_table
*values
;
4415 values
= (value_map_hash_table
*)
4416 bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (value_map_hash_table
));
4417 values
->bucket_count
= INITIAL_HASH_RELOC_BUCKET_COUNT
;
4419 values
->buckets
= (value_map
**)
4420 bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (value_map
*) * values
->bucket_count
);
4421 if (values
->buckets
== NULL
)
4426 values
->has_last_loc
= FALSE
;
4433 value_map_hash_table_delete (value_map_hash_table
*table
)
4435 free (table
->buckets
);
4441 hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma val
)
4443 return (val
>> 2) + (val
>> 10);
4448 literal_value_hash (const literal_value
*src
)
4452 hash_val
= hash_bfd_vma (src
->value
);
4453 if (!r_reloc_is_const (&src
->r_rel
))
4457 hash_val
+= hash_bfd_vma (src
->is_abs_literal
* 1000);
4458 hash_val
+= hash_bfd_vma (src
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
4459 hash_val
+= hash_bfd_vma (src
->r_rel
.virtual_offset
);
4461 /* Now check for the same section and the same elf_hash. */
4462 if (r_reloc_is_defined (&src
->r_rel
))
4463 sec_or_hash
= r_reloc_get_section (&src
->r_rel
);
4465 sec_or_hash
= r_reloc_get_hash_entry (&src
->r_rel
);
4466 hash_val
+= hash_bfd_vma ((bfd_vma
) (size_t) sec_or_hash
);
4472 /* Check if the specified literal_value has been seen before. */
4475 value_map_get_cached_value (value_map_hash_table
*map
,
4476 const literal_value
*val
,
4477 bfd_boolean final_static_link
)
4483 idx
= literal_value_hash (val
);
4484 idx
= idx
& (map
->bucket_count
- 1);
4485 bucket
= map
->buckets
[idx
];
4486 for (map_e
= bucket
; map_e
; map_e
= map_e
->next
)
4488 if (literal_value_equal (&map_e
->val
, val
, final_static_link
))
4495 /* Record a new literal value. It is illegal to call this if VALUE
4496 already has an entry here. */
4499 add_value_map (value_map_hash_table
*map
,
4500 const literal_value
*val
,
4502 bfd_boolean final_static_link
)
4504 value_map
**bucket_p
;
4507 value_map
*val_e
= (value_map
*) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (value_map
));
4510 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
4514 BFD_ASSERT (!value_map_get_cached_value (map
, val
, final_static_link
));
4518 idx
= literal_value_hash (val
);
4519 idx
= idx
& (map
->bucket_count
- 1);
4520 bucket_p
= &map
->buckets
[idx
];
4522 val_e
->next
= *bucket_p
;
4525 /* FIXME: Consider resizing the hash table if we get too many entries. */
4531 /* Lists of text actions (ta_) for narrowing, widening, longcall
4532 conversion, space fill, code & literal removal, etc. */
4534 /* The following text actions are generated:
4536 "ta_remove_insn" remove an instruction or instructions
4537 "ta_remove_longcall" convert longcall to call
4538 "ta_convert_longcall" convert longcall to nop/call
4539 "ta_narrow_insn" narrow a wide instruction
4540 "ta_widen" widen a narrow instruction
4541 "ta_fill" add fill or remove fill
4542 removed < 0 is a fill; branches to the fill address will be
4543 changed to address + fill size (e.g., address - removed)
4544 removed >= 0 branches to the fill address will stay unchanged
4545 "ta_remove_literal" remove a literal; this action is
4546 indicated when a literal is removed
4548 "ta_add_literal" insert a new literal; this action is
4549 indicated when a literal has been moved.
4550 It may use a virtual_offset because
4551 multiple literals can be placed at the
4554 For each of these text actions, we also record the number of bytes
4555 removed by performing the text action. In the case of a "ta_widen"
4556 or a "ta_fill" that adds space, the removed_bytes will be negative. */
4558 typedef struct text_action_struct text_action
;
4559 typedef struct text_action_list_struct text_action_list
;
4560 typedef enum text_action_enum_t text_action_t
;
4562 enum text_action_enum_t
4565 ta_remove_insn
, /* removed = -size */
4566 ta_remove_longcall
, /* removed = -size */
4567 ta_convert_longcall
, /* removed = 0 */
4568 ta_narrow_insn
, /* removed = -1 */
4569 ta_widen_insn
, /* removed = +1 */
4570 ta_fill
, /* removed = +size */
4576 /* Structure for a text action record. */
4577 struct text_action_struct
4579 text_action_t action
;
4580 asection
*sec
; /* Optional */
4582 bfd_vma virtual_offset
; /* Zero except for adding literals. */
4584 literal_value value
; /* Only valid when adding literals. */
4590 /* List of all of the actions taken on a text section. */
4591 struct text_action_list_struct
4597 static text_action
*
4598 find_fill_action (text_action_list
*l
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma offset
)
4602 /* It is not necessary to fill at the end of a section. */
4603 if (sec
->size
== offset
)
4606 for (m_p
= &l
->head
; *m_p
&& (*m_p
)->offset
<= offset
; m_p
= &(*m_p
)->next
)
4608 text_action
*t
= *m_p
;
4609 /* When the action is another fill at the same address,
4610 just increase the size. */
4611 if (t
->offset
== offset
&& t
->action
== ta_fill
)
4619 compute_removed_action_diff (const text_action
*ta
,
4623 int removable_space
)
4626 int current_removed
= 0;
4629 current_removed
= ta
->removed_bytes
;
4631 BFD_ASSERT (ta
== NULL
|| ta
->offset
== offset
);
4632 BFD_ASSERT (ta
== NULL
|| ta
->action
== ta_fill
);
4634 /* It is not necessary to fill at the end of a section. Clean this up. */
4635 if (sec
->size
== offset
)
4636 new_removed
= removable_space
- 0;
4640 int added
= -removed
- current_removed
;
4641 /* Ignore multiples of the section alignment. */
4642 added
= ((1 << sec
->alignment_power
) - 1) & added
;
4643 new_removed
= (-added
);
4645 /* Modify for removable. */
4646 space
= removable_space
- new_removed
;
4647 new_removed
= (removable_space
4648 - (((1 << sec
->alignment_power
) - 1) & space
));
4650 return (new_removed
- current_removed
);
4655 adjust_fill_action (text_action
*ta
, int fill_diff
)
4657 ta
->removed_bytes
+= fill_diff
;
4661 /* Add a modification action to the text. For the case of adding or
4662 removing space, modify any current fill and assume that
4663 "unreachable_space" bytes can be freely contracted. Note that a
4664 negative removed value is a fill. */
4667 text_action_add (text_action_list
*l
,
4668 text_action_t action
,
4676 /* It is not necessary to fill at the end of a section. */
4677 if (action
== ta_fill
&& sec
->size
== offset
)
4680 /* It is not necessary to fill 0 bytes. */
4681 if (action
== ta_fill
&& removed
== 0)
4684 for (m_p
= &l
->head
; *m_p
&& (*m_p
)->offset
<= offset
; m_p
= &(*m_p
)->next
)
4686 text_action
*t
= *m_p
;
4687 /* When the action is another fill at the same address,
4688 just increase the size. */
4689 if (t
->offset
== offset
&& t
->action
== ta_fill
&& action
== ta_fill
)
4691 t
->removed_bytes
+= removed
;
4696 /* Create a new record and fill it up. */
4697 ta
= (text_action
*) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (text_action
));
4698 ta
->action
= action
;
4700 ta
->offset
= offset
;
4701 ta
->removed_bytes
= removed
;
4708 text_action_add_literal (text_action_list
*l
,
4709 text_action_t action
,
4711 const literal_value
*value
,
4716 asection
*sec
= r_reloc_get_section (loc
);
4717 bfd_vma offset
= loc
->target_offset
;
4718 bfd_vma virtual_offset
= loc
->virtual_offset
;
4720 BFD_ASSERT (action
== ta_add_literal
);
4722 for (m_p
= &l
->head
; *m_p
!= NULL
; m_p
= &(*m_p
)->next
)
4724 if ((*m_p
)->offset
> offset
4725 && ((*m_p
)->offset
!= offset
4726 || (*m_p
)->virtual_offset
> virtual_offset
))
4730 /* Create a new record and fill it up. */
4731 ta
= (text_action
*) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (text_action
));
4732 ta
->action
= action
;
4734 ta
->offset
= offset
;
4735 ta
->virtual_offset
= virtual_offset
;
4737 ta
->removed_bytes
= removed
;
4744 offset_with_removed_text (text_action_list
*action_list
, bfd_vma offset
)
4749 for (r
= action_list
->head
; r
&& r
->offset
<= offset
; r
= r
->next
)
4751 if (r
->offset
< offset
4752 || (r
->action
== ta_fill
&& r
->removed_bytes
< 0))
4753 removed
+= r
->removed_bytes
;
4756 return (offset
- removed
);
4761 offset_with_removed_text_before_fill (text_action_list
*action_list
,
4767 for (r
= action_list
->head
; r
&& r
->offset
< offset
; r
= r
->next
)
4768 removed
+= r
->removed_bytes
;
4770 return (offset
- removed
);
4774 /* The find_insn_action routine will only find non-fill actions. */
4776 static text_action
*
4777 find_insn_action (text_action_list
*action_list
, bfd_vma offset
)
4780 for (t
= action_list
->head
; t
; t
= t
->next
)
4782 if (t
->offset
== offset
)
4789 case ta_remove_insn
:
4790 case ta_remove_longcall
:
4791 case ta_convert_longcall
:
4792 case ta_narrow_insn
:
4795 case ta_remove_literal
:
4796 case ta_add_literal
:
4809 print_action_list (FILE *fp
, text_action_list
*action_list
)
4813 fprintf (fp
, "Text Action\n");
4814 for (r
= action_list
->head
; r
!= NULL
; r
= r
->next
)
4816 const char *t
= "unknown";
4819 case ta_remove_insn
:
4820 t
= "remove_insn"; break;
4821 case ta_remove_longcall
:
4822 t
= "remove_longcall"; break;
4823 case ta_convert_longcall
:
4824 t
= "remove_longcall"; break;
4825 case ta_narrow_insn
:
4826 t
= "narrow_insn"; break;
4828 t
= "widen_insn"; break;
4833 case ta_remove_literal
:
4834 t
= "remove_literal"; break;
4835 case ta_add_literal
:
4836 t
= "add_literal"; break;
4839 fprintf (fp
, "%s: %s[0x%lx] \"%s\" %d\n",
4840 r
->sec
->owner
->filename
,
4841 r
->sec
->name
, r
->offset
, t
, r
->removed_bytes
);
4848 /* Lists of literals being coalesced or removed. */
4850 /* In the usual case, the literal identified by "from" is being
4851 coalesced with another literal identified by "to". If the literal is
4852 unused and is being removed altogether, "to.abfd" will be NULL.
4853 The removed_literal entries are kept on a per-section list, sorted
4854 by the "from" offset field. */
4856 typedef struct removed_literal_struct removed_literal
;
4857 typedef struct removed_literal_list_struct removed_literal_list
;
4859 struct removed_literal_struct
4863 removed_literal
*next
;
4866 struct removed_literal_list_struct
4868 removed_literal
*head
;
4869 removed_literal
*tail
;
4873 /* Record that the literal at "from" is being removed. If "to" is not
4874 NULL, the "from" literal is being coalesced with the "to" literal. */
4877 add_removed_literal (removed_literal_list
*removed_list
,
4878 const r_reloc
*from
,
4881 removed_literal
*r
, *new_r
, *next_r
;
4883 new_r
= (removed_literal
*) bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (removed_literal
));
4885 new_r
->from
= *from
;
4889 new_r
->to
.abfd
= NULL
;
4892 r
= removed_list
->head
;
4895 removed_list
->head
= new_r
;
4896 removed_list
->tail
= new_r
;
4898 /* Special check for common case of append. */
4899 else if (removed_list
->tail
->from
.target_offset
< from
->target_offset
)
4901 removed_list
->tail
->next
= new_r
;
4902 removed_list
->tail
= new_r
;
4906 while (r
->from
.target_offset
< from
->target_offset
&& r
->next
)
4912 new_r
->next
= next_r
;
4914 removed_list
->tail
= new_r
;
4919 /* Check if the list of removed literals contains an entry for the
4920 given address. Return the entry if found. */
4922 static removed_literal
*
4923 find_removed_literal (removed_literal_list
*removed_list
, bfd_vma addr
)
4925 removed_literal
*r
= removed_list
->head
;
4926 while (r
&& r
->from
.target_offset
< addr
)
4928 if (r
&& r
->from
.target_offset
== addr
)
4937 print_removed_literals (FILE *fp
, removed_literal_list
*removed_list
)
4940 r
= removed_list
->head
;
4942 fprintf (fp
, "Removed Literals\n");
4943 for (; r
!= NULL
; r
= r
->next
)
4945 print_r_reloc (fp
, &r
->from
);
4946 fprintf (fp
, " => ");
4947 if (r
->to
.abfd
== NULL
)
4948 fprintf (fp
, "REMOVED");
4950 print_r_reloc (fp
, &r
->to
);
4958 /* Per-section data for relaxation. */
4960 typedef struct reloc_bfd_fix_struct reloc_bfd_fix
;
4962 struct xtensa_relax_info_struct
4964 bfd_boolean is_relaxable_literal_section
;
4965 bfd_boolean is_relaxable_asm_section
;
4966 int visited
; /* Number of times visited. */
4968 source_reloc
*src_relocs
; /* Array[src_count]. */
4970 int src_next
; /* Next src_relocs entry to assign. */
4972 removed_literal_list removed_list
;
4973 text_action_list action_list
;
4975 reloc_bfd_fix
*fix_list
;
4976 reloc_bfd_fix
*fix_array
;
4977 unsigned fix_array_count
;
4979 /* Support for expanding the reloc array that is stored
4980 in the section structure. If the relocations have been
4981 reallocated, the newly allocated relocations will be referenced
4982 here along with the actual size allocated. The relocation
4983 count will always be found in the section structure. */
4984 Elf_Internal_Rela
*allocated_relocs
;
4985 unsigned relocs_count
;
4986 unsigned allocated_relocs_count
;
4989 struct elf_xtensa_section_data
4991 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
4992 xtensa_relax_info relax_info
;
4997 elf_xtensa_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
4999 struct elf_xtensa_section_data
*sdata
;
5000 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
5002 sdata
= (struct elf_xtensa_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5005 sec
->used_by_bfd
= (void *) sdata
;
5007 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
5011 static xtensa_relax_info
*
5012 get_xtensa_relax_info (asection
*sec
)
5014 struct elf_xtensa_section_data
*section_data
;
5016 /* No info available if no section or if it is an output section. */
5017 if (!sec
|| sec
== sec
->output_section
)
5020 section_data
= (struct elf_xtensa_section_data
*) elf_section_data (sec
);
5021 return §ion_data
->relax_info
;
5026 init_xtensa_relax_info (asection
*sec
)
5028 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
5030 relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
= FALSE
;
5031 relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
= FALSE
;
5032 relax_info
->visited
= 0;
5034 relax_info
->src_relocs
= NULL
;
5035 relax_info
->src_count
= 0;
5036 relax_info
->src_next
= 0;
5038 relax_info
->removed_list
.head
= NULL
;
5039 relax_info
->removed_list
.tail
= NULL
;
5041 relax_info
->action_list
.head
= NULL
;
5043 relax_info
->fix_list
= NULL
;
5044 relax_info
->fix_array
= NULL
;
5045 relax_info
->fix_array_count
= 0;
5047 relax_info
->allocated_relocs
= NULL
;
5048 relax_info
->relocs_count
= 0;
5049 relax_info
->allocated_relocs_count
= 0;
5053 /* Coalescing literals may require a relocation to refer to a section in
5054 a different input file, but the standard relocation information
5055 cannot express that. Instead, the reloc_bfd_fix structures are used
5056 to "fix" the relocations that refer to sections in other input files.
5057 These structures are kept on per-section lists. The "src_type" field
5058 records the relocation type in case there are multiple relocations on
5059 the same location. FIXME: This is ugly; an alternative might be to
5060 add new symbols with the "owner" field to some other input file. */
5062 struct reloc_bfd_fix_struct
5066 unsigned src_type
; /* Relocation type. */
5069 asection
*target_sec
;
5070 bfd_vma target_offset
;
5071 bfd_boolean translated
;
5073 reloc_bfd_fix
*next
;
5077 static reloc_bfd_fix
*
5078 reloc_bfd_fix_init (asection
*src_sec
,
5082 asection
*target_sec
,
5083 bfd_vma target_offset
,
5084 bfd_boolean translated
)
5088 fix
= (reloc_bfd_fix
*) bfd_malloc (sizeof (reloc_bfd_fix
));
5089 fix
->src_sec
= src_sec
;
5090 fix
->src_offset
= src_offset
;
5091 fix
->src_type
= src_type
;
5092 fix
->target_abfd
= target_abfd
;
5093 fix
->target_sec
= target_sec
;
5094 fix
->target_offset
= target_offset
;
5095 fix
->translated
= translated
;
5102 add_fix (asection
*src_sec
, reloc_bfd_fix
*fix
)
5104 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
5106 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (src_sec
);
5107 fix
->next
= relax_info
->fix_list
;
5108 relax_info
->fix_list
= fix
;
5113 fix_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
5115 const reloc_bfd_fix
*a
= (const reloc_bfd_fix
*) ap
;
5116 const reloc_bfd_fix
*b
= (const reloc_bfd_fix
*) bp
;
5118 if (a
->src_offset
!= b
->src_offset
)
5119 return (a
->src_offset
- b
->src_offset
);
5120 return (a
->src_type
- b
->src_type
);
5125 cache_fix_array (asection
*sec
)
5127 unsigned i
, count
= 0;
5129 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
5131 if (relax_info
== NULL
)
5133 if (relax_info
->fix_list
== NULL
)
5136 for (r
= relax_info
->fix_list
; r
!= NULL
; r
= r
->next
)
5139 relax_info
->fix_array
=
5140 (reloc_bfd_fix
*) bfd_malloc (sizeof (reloc_bfd_fix
) * count
);
5141 relax_info
->fix_array_count
= count
;
5143 r
= relax_info
->fix_list
;
5144 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, r
= r
->next
)
5146 relax_info
->fix_array
[count
- 1 - i
] = *r
;
5147 relax_info
->fix_array
[count
- 1 - i
].next
= NULL
;
5150 qsort (relax_info
->fix_array
, relax_info
->fix_array_count
,
5151 sizeof (reloc_bfd_fix
), fix_compare
);
5155 static reloc_bfd_fix
*
5156 get_bfd_fix (asection
*sec
, bfd_vma offset
, unsigned type
)
5158 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
5162 if (relax_info
== NULL
)
5164 if (relax_info
->fix_list
== NULL
)
5167 if (relax_info
->fix_array
== NULL
)
5168 cache_fix_array (sec
);
5170 key
.src_offset
= offset
;
5171 key
.src_type
= type
;
5172 rv
= bsearch (&key
, relax_info
->fix_array
, relax_info
->fix_array_count
,
5173 sizeof (reloc_bfd_fix
), fix_compare
);
5178 /* Section caching. */
5180 typedef struct section_cache_struct section_cache_t
;
5182 struct section_cache_struct
5186 bfd_byte
*contents
; /* Cache of the section contents. */
5187 bfd_size_type content_length
;
5189 property_table_entry
*ptbl
; /* Cache of the section property table. */
5192 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
; /* Cache of the section relocations. */
5193 unsigned reloc_count
;
5198 init_section_cache (section_cache_t
*sec_cache
)
5200 memset (sec_cache
, 0, sizeof (*sec_cache
));
5205 clear_section_cache (section_cache_t
*sec_cache
)
5209 release_contents (sec_cache
->sec
, sec_cache
->contents
);
5210 release_internal_relocs (sec_cache
->sec
, sec_cache
->relocs
);
5211 if (sec_cache
->ptbl
)
5212 free (sec_cache
->ptbl
);
5213 memset (sec_cache
, 0, sizeof (sec_cache
));
5219 section_cache_section (section_cache_t
*sec_cache
,
5221 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5224 property_table_entry
*prop_table
= NULL
;
5226 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
5227 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
5228 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
5232 if (sec
== sec_cache
->sec
)
5236 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
5238 /* Get the contents. */
5239 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
5240 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
5243 /* Get the relocations. */
5244 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
5245 link_info
->keep_memory
);
5247 /* Get the entry table. */
5248 ptblsize
= xtensa_read_table_entries (abfd
, sec
, &prop_table
,
5249 XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
, FALSE
);
5253 /* Fill in the new section cache. */
5254 clear_section_cache (sec_cache
);
5255 memset (sec_cache
, 0, sizeof (sec_cache
));
5257 sec_cache
->sec
= sec
;
5258 sec_cache
->contents
= contents
;
5259 sec_cache
->content_length
= sec_size
;
5260 sec_cache
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
5261 sec_cache
->reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
5262 sec_cache
->pte_count
= ptblsize
;
5263 sec_cache
->ptbl
= prop_table
;
5268 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
5269 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
5276 /* Extended basic blocks. */
5278 /* An ebb_struct represents an Extended Basic Block. Within this
5279 range, we guarantee that all instructions are decodable, the
5280 property table entries are contiguous, and no property table
5281 specifies a segment that cannot have instructions moved. This
5282 structure contains caches of the contents, property table and
5283 relocations for the specified section for easy use. The range is
5284 specified by ranges of indices for the byte offset, property table
5285 offsets and relocation offsets. These must be consistent. */
5287 typedef struct ebb_struct ebb_t
;
5293 bfd_byte
*contents
; /* Cache of the section contents. */
5294 bfd_size_type content_length
;
5296 property_table_entry
*ptbl
; /* Cache of the section property table. */
5299 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
; /* Cache of the section relocations. */
5300 unsigned reloc_count
;
5302 bfd_vma start_offset
; /* Offset in section. */
5303 unsigned start_ptbl_idx
; /* Offset in the property table. */
5304 unsigned start_reloc_idx
; /* Offset in the relocations. */
5307 unsigned end_ptbl_idx
;
5308 unsigned end_reloc_idx
;
5310 bfd_boolean ends_section
; /* Is this the last ebb in a section? */
5312 /* The unreachable property table at the end of this set of blocks;
5313 NULL if the end is not an unreachable block. */
5314 property_table_entry
*ends_unreachable
;
5318 enum ebb_target_enum
5321 EBB_DESIRE_TGT_ALIGN
,
5322 EBB_REQUIRE_TGT_ALIGN
,
5323 EBB_REQUIRE_LOOP_ALIGN
,
5328 /* proposed_action_struct is similar to the text_action_struct except
5329 that is represents a potential transformation, not one that will
5330 occur. We build a list of these for an extended basic block
5331 and use them to compute the actual actions desired. We must be
5332 careful that the entire set of actual actions we perform do not
5333 break any relocations that would fit if the actions were not
5336 typedef struct proposed_action_struct proposed_action
;
5338 struct proposed_action_struct
5340 enum ebb_target_enum align_type
; /* for the target alignment */
5341 bfd_vma alignment_pow
;
5342 text_action_t action
;
5345 bfd_boolean do_action
; /* If false, then we will not perform the action. */
5349 /* The ebb_constraint_struct keeps a set of proposed actions for an
5350 extended basic block. */
5352 typedef struct ebb_constraint_struct ebb_constraint
;
5354 struct ebb_constraint_struct
5357 bfd_boolean start_movable
;
5359 /* Bytes of extra space at the beginning if movable. */
5360 int start_extra_space
;
5362 enum ebb_target_enum start_align
;
5364 bfd_boolean end_movable
;
5366 /* Bytes of extra space at the end if movable. */
5367 int end_extra_space
;
5369 unsigned action_count
;
5370 unsigned action_allocated
;
5372 /* Array of proposed actions. */
5373 proposed_action
*actions
;
5375 /* Action alignments -- one for each proposed action. */
5376 enum ebb_target_enum
*action_aligns
;
5381 init_ebb_constraint (ebb_constraint
*c
)
5383 memset (c
, 0, sizeof (ebb_constraint
));
5388 free_ebb_constraint (ebb_constraint
*c
)
5396 init_ebb (ebb_t
*ebb
,
5399 bfd_size_type content_length
,
5400 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
5402 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
5403 unsigned reloc_count
)
5405 memset (ebb
, 0, sizeof (ebb_t
));
5407 ebb
->contents
= contents
;
5408 ebb
->content_length
= content_length
;
5409 ebb
->ptbl
= prop_table
;
5410 ebb
->pte_count
= ptblsize
;
5411 ebb
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
5412 ebb
->reloc_count
= reloc_count
;
5413 ebb
->start_offset
= 0;
5414 ebb
->end_offset
= ebb
->content_length
- 1;
5415 ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
= 0;
5416 ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
= ptblsize
;
5417 ebb
->start_reloc_idx
= 0;
5418 ebb
->end_reloc_idx
= reloc_count
;
5422 /* Extend the ebb to all decodable contiguous sections. The algorithm
5423 for building a basic block around an instruction is to push it
5424 forward until we hit the end of a section, an unreachable block or
5425 a block that cannot be transformed. Then we push it backwards
5426 searching for similar conditions. */
5428 static bfd_boolean
extend_ebb_bounds_forward (ebb_t
*);
5429 static bfd_boolean
extend_ebb_bounds_backward (ebb_t
*);
5430 static bfd_size_type insn_block_decodable_len
5431 (bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
, bfd_vma
, bfd_size_type
);
5434 extend_ebb_bounds (ebb_t
*ebb
)
5436 if (!extend_ebb_bounds_forward (ebb
))
5438 if (!extend_ebb_bounds_backward (ebb
))
5445 extend_ebb_bounds_forward (ebb_t
*ebb
)
5447 property_table_entry
*the_entry
, *new_entry
;
5449 the_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
];
5451 /* Stop when (1) we cannot decode an instruction, (2) we are at
5452 the end of the property tables, (3) we hit a non-contiguous property
5453 table entry, (4) we hit a NO_TRANSFORM region. */
5458 bfd_size_type insn_block_len
;
5460 entry_end
= the_entry
->address
- ebb
->sec
->vma
+ the_entry
->size
;
5462 insn_block_decodable_len (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
5464 entry_end
- ebb
->end_offset
);
5465 if (insn_block_len
!= (entry_end
- ebb
->end_offset
))
5467 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5468 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction; possible configuration mismatch"),
5469 ebb
->sec
->owner
, ebb
->sec
, ebb
->end_offset
+ insn_block_len
);
5472 ebb
->end_offset
+= insn_block_len
;
5474 if (ebb
->end_offset
== ebb
->sec
->size
)
5475 ebb
->ends_section
= TRUE
;
5477 /* Update the reloc counter. */
5478 while (ebb
->end_reloc_idx
+ 1 < ebb
->reloc_count
5479 && (ebb
->relocs
[ebb
->end_reloc_idx
+ 1].r_offset
5482 ebb
->end_reloc_idx
++;
5485 if (ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
+ 1 == ebb
->pte_count
)
5488 new_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
+ 1];
5489 if (((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN
) == 0)
5490 || ((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
) != 0)
5491 || ((the_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
) != 0))
5494 if (the_entry
->address
+ the_entry
->size
!= new_entry
->address
)
5497 the_entry
= new_entry
;
5498 ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
++;
5501 /* Quick check for an unreachable or end of file just at the end. */
5502 if (ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
+ 1 == ebb
->pte_count
)
5504 if (ebb
->end_offset
== ebb
->content_length
)
5505 ebb
->ends_section
= TRUE
;
5509 new_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
+ 1];
5510 if ((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
) != 0
5511 && the_entry
->address
+ the_entry
->size
== new_entry
->address
)
5512 ebb
->ends_unreachable
= new_entry
;
5515 /* Any other ending requires exact alignment. */
5521 extend_ebb_bounds_backward (ebb_t
*ebb
)
5523 property_table_entry
*the_entry
, *new_entry
;
5525 the_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
];
5527 /* Stop when (1) we cannot decode the instructions in the current entry.
5528 (2) we are at the beginning of the property tables, (3) we hit a
5529 non-contiguous property table entry, (4) we hit a NO_TRANSFORM region. */
5533 bfd_vma block_begin
;
5534 bfd_size_type insn_block_len
;
5536 block_begin
= the_entry
->address
- ebb
->sec
->vma
;
5538 insn_block_decodable_len (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
5540 ebb
->start_offset
- block_begin
);
5541 if (insn_block_len
!= ebb
->start_offset
- block_begin
)
5543 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5544 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction; possible configuration mismatch"),
5545 ebb
->sec
->owner
, ebb
->sec
, ebb
->end_offset
+ insn_block_len
);
5548 ebb
->start_offset
-= insn_block_len
;
5550 /* Update the reloc counter. */
5551 while (ebb
->start_reloc_idx
> 0
5552 && (ebb
->relocs
[ebb
->start_reloc_idx
- 1].r_offset
5553 >= ebb
->start_offset
))
5555 ebb
->start_reloc_idx
--;
5558 if (ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
== 0)
5561 new_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
- 1];
5562 if ((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN
) == 0
5563 || ((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
) != 0)
5564 || ((new_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
) != 0))
5566 if (new_entry
->address
+ new_entry
->size
!= the_entry
->address
)
5569 the_entry
= new_entry
;
5570 ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
--;
5576 static bfd_size_type
5577 insn_block_decodable_len (bfd_byte
*contents
,
5578 bfd_size_type content_len
,
5579 bfd_vma block_offset
,
5580 bfd_size_type block_len
)
5582 bfd_vma offset
= block_offset
;
5584 while (offset
< block_offset
+ block_len
)
5586 bfd_size_type insn_len
= 0;
5588 insn_len
= insn_decode_len (contents
, content_len
, offset
);
5590 return (offset
- block_offset
);
5593 return (offset
- block_offset
);
5598 ebb_propose_action (ebb_constraint
*c
,
5599 enum ebb_target_enum align_type
,
5600 bfd_vma alignment_pow
,
5601 text_action_t action
,
5604 bfd_boolean do_action
)
5606 proposed_action
*act
;
5608 if (c
->action_allocated
<= c
->action_count
)
5610 unsigned new_allocated
, i
;
5611 proposed_action
*new_actions
;
5613 new_allocated
= (c
->action_count
+ 2) * 2;
5614 new_actions
= (proposed_action
*)
5615 bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (proposed_action
) * new_allocated
);
5617 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->action_count
; i
++)
5618 new_actions
[i
] = c
->actions
[i
];
5621 c
->actions
= new_actions
;
5622 c
->action_allocated
= new_allocated
;
5625 act
= &c
->actions
[c
->action_count
];
5626 act
->align_type
= align_type
;
5627 act
->alignment_pow
= alignment_pow
;
5628 act
->action
= action
;
5629 act
->offset
= offset
;
5630 act
->removed_bytes
= removed_bytes
;
5631 act
->do_action
= do_action
;
5637 /* Access to internal relocations, section contents and symbols. */
5639 /* During relaxation, we need to modify relocations, section contents,
5640 and symbol definitions, and we need to keep the original values from
5641 being reloaded from the input files, i.e., we need to "pin" the
5642 modified values in memory. We also want to continue to observe the
5643 setting of the "keep-memory" flag. The following functions wrap the
5644 standard BFD functions to take care of this for us. */
5646 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
5647 retrieve_internal_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
5649 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5651 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5654 internal_relocs
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
5655 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5656 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5657 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, keep_memory
));
5658 return internal_relocs
;
5663 pin_internal_relocs (asection
*sec
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
5665 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
5670 release_internal_relocs (asection
*sec
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
5673 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
5674 free (internal_relocs
);
5679 retrieve_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
5682 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
5684 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
5685 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
5687 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
5689 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
5696 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
5703 pin_contents (asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5705 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
5710 release_contents (asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
5712 if (contents
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
5717 static Elf_Internal_Sym
*
5718 retrieve_local_syms (bfd
*input_bfd
)
5720 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5721 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
5724 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5725 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5727 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5728 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
5729 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
5732 /* Save the symbols for this input file so they won't be read again. */
5733 if (isymbuf
&& isymbuf
!= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
)
5734 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
5740 /* Code for link-time relaxation. */
5742 /* Initialization for relaxation: */
5743 static bfd_boolean
analyze_relocations (struct bfd_link_info
*);
5744 static bfd_boolean find_relaxable_sections
5745 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_boolean
*);
5746 static bfd_boolean collect_source_relocs
5747 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
5748 static bfd_boolean is_resolvable_asm_expansion
5749 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
5751 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*find_associated_l32r_irel
5752 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
5753 static bfd_boolean compute_text_actions
5754 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
5755 static bfd_boolean
compute_ebb_proposed_actions (ebb_constraint
*);
5756 static bfd_boolean
compute_ebb_actions (ebb_constraint
*);
5757 static bfd_boolean check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit
5758 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, const ebb_constraint
*);
5759 static bfd_boolean
check_section_ebb_reduces (const ebb_constraint
*);
5760 static void text_action_add_proposed
5761 (text_action_list
*, const ebb_constraint
*, asection
*);
5762 static int compute_fill_extra_space (property_table_entry
*);
5765 static bfd_boolean compute_removed_literals
5766 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, value_map_hash_table
*);
5767 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*get_irel_at_offset
5768 (asection
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
);
5769 static bfd_boolean is_removable_literal
5770 (const source_reloc
*, int, const source_reloc
*, int);
5771 static bfd_boolean remove_dead_literal
5772 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
5773 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, source_reloc
*, property_table_entry
*, int);
5774 static bfd_boolean identify_literal_placement
5775 (bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
5776 value_map_hash_table
*, bfd_boolean
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*, int,
5777 source_reloc
*, property_table_entry
*, int, section_cache_t
*,
5779 static bfd_boolean
relocations_reach (source_reloc
*, int, const r_reloc
*);
5780 static bfd_boolean coalesce_shared_literal
5781 (asection
*, source_reloc
*, property_table_entry
*, int, value_map
*);
5782 static bfd_boolean move_shared_literal
5783 (asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, source_reloc
*, property_table_entry
*,
5784 int, const r_reloc
*, const literal_value
*, section_cache_t
*);
5787 static bfd_boolean
relax_section (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
5788 static bfd_boolean
translate_section_fixes (asection
*);
5789 static bfd_boolean
translate_reloc_bfd_fix (reloc_bfd_fix
*);
5790 static void translate_reloc (const r_reloc
*, r_reloc
*);
5791 static void shrink_dynamic_reloc_sections
5792 (struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
5793 static bfd_boolean move_literal
5794 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*,
5795 xtensa_relax_info
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
**, const literal_value
*);
5796 static bfd_boolean relax_property_section
5797 (bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
5800 static bfd_boolean
relax_section_symbols (bfd
*, asection
*);
5804 elf_xtensa_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
5806 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
5809 static value_map_hash_table
*values
= NULL
;
5810 static bfd_boolean relocations_analyzed
= FALSE
;
5811 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
5813 if (!relocations_analyzed
)
5815 /* Do some overall initialization for relaxation. */
5816 values
= value_map_hash_table_init ();
5819 relaxing_section
= TRUE
;
5820 if (!analyze_relocations (link_info
))
5822 relocations_analyzed
= TRUE
;
5826 /* Don't mess with linker-created sections. */
5827 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5830 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
5831 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
!= NULL
);
5833 switch (relax_info
->visited
)
5836 /* Note: It would be nice to fold this pass into
5837 analyze_relocations, but it is important for this step that the
5838 sections be examined in link order. */
5839 if (!compute_removed_literals (abfd
, sec
, link_info
, values
))
5846 value_map_hash_table_delete (values
);
5848 if (!relax_section (abfd
, sec
, link_info
))
5854 if (!relax_section_symbols (abfd
, sec
))
5859 relax_info
->visited
++;
5864 /* Initialization for relaxation. */
5866 /* This function is called once at the start of relaxation. It scans
5867 all the input sections and marks the ones that are relaxable (i.e.,
5868 literal sections with L32R relocations against them), and then
5869 collects source_reloc information for all the relocations against
5870 those relaxable sections. During this process, it also detects
5871 longcalls, i.e., calls relaxed by the assembler into indirect
5872 calls, that can be optimized back into direct calls. Within each
5873 extended basic block (ebb) containing an optimized longcall, it
5874 computes a set of "text actions" that can be performed to remove
5875 the L32R associated with the longcall while optionally preserving
5876 branch target alignments. */
5879 analyze_relocations (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5883 bfd_boolean is_relaxable
= FALSE
;
5885 /* Initialize the per-section relaxation info. */
5886 for (abfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
5887 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5889 init_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
5892 /* Mark relaxable sections (and count relocations against each one). */
5893 for (abfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
5894 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5896 if (!find_relaxable_sections (abfd
, sec
, link_info
, &is_relaxable
))
5900 /* Bail out if there are no relaxable sections. */
5904 /* Allocate space for source_relocs. */
5905 for (abfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
5906 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5908 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
5910 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
5911 if (relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
5912 || relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
5914 relax_info
->src_relocs
= (source_reloc
*)
5915 bfd_malloc (relax_info
->src_count
* sizeof (source_reloc
));
5919 /* Collect info on relocations against each relaxable section. */
5920 for (abfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
5921 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5923 if (!collect_source_relocs (abfd
, sec
, link_info
))
5927 /* Compute the text actions. */
5928 for (abfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
5929 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5931 if (!compute_text_actions (abfd
, sec
, link_info
))
5939 /* Find all the sections that might be relaxed. The motivation for
5940 this pass is that collect_source_relocs() needs to record _all_ the
5941 relocations that target each relaxable section. That is expensive
5942 and unnecessary unless the target section is actually going to be
5943 relaxed. This pass identifies all such sections by checking if
5944 they have L32Rs pointing to them. In the process, the total number
5945 of relocations targeting each section is also counted so that we
5946 know how much space to allocate for source_relocs against each
5947 relaxable literal section. */
5950 find_relaxable_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5952 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
5953 bfd_boolean
*is_relaxable_p
)
5955 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5957 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
5959 xtensa_relax_info
*source_relax_info
;
5961 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
5962 link_info
->keep_memory
);
5963 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5966 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
5967 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec
->size
!= 0)
5973 source_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
5974 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
5976 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
5978 asection
*target_sec
;
5979 xtensa_relax_info
*target_relax_info
;
5981 /* If this section has not already been marked as "relaxable", and
5982 if it contains any ASM_EXPAND relocations (marking expanded
5983 longcalls) that can be optimized into direct calls, then mark
5984 the section as "relaxable". */
5985 if (source_relax_info
5986 && !source_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
5987 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
)
5989 bfd_boolean is_reachable
= FALSE
;
5990 if (is_resolvable_asm_expansion (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
,
5991 link_info
, &is_reachable
)
5994 source_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
= TRUE
;
5995 *is_relaxable_p
= TRUE
;
5999 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
,
6000 bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
));
6002 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
6003 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
6004 if (!target_relax_info
)
6007 /* Count PC-relative operand relocations against the target section.
6008 Note: The conditions tested here must match the conditions under
6009 which init_source_reloc is called in collect_source_relocs(). */
6010 if (is_operand_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
))
6011 && (!is_alt_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
))
6012 || is_l32r_relocation (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
)))
6013 target_relax_info
->src_count
++;
6015 if (is_l32r_relocation (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
)
6016 && r_reloc_is_defined (&r_rel
))
6018 /* Mark the target section as relaxable. */
6019 target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
= TRUE
;
6020 *is_relaxable_p
= TRUE
;
6025 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
6026 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
6031 /* Record _all_ the relocations that point to relaxable sections, and
6032 get rid of ASM_EXPAND relocs by either converting them to
6033 ASM_SIMPLIFY or by removing them. */
6036 collect_source_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6038 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6040 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6042 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
6044 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
6046 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
6047 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6048 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6051 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
6052 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
6053 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
6059 /* Record relocations against relaxable literal sections. */
6060 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6062 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
6064 asection
*target_sec
;
6065 xtensa_relax_info
*target_relax_info
;
6067 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
6069 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
6070 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
6072 if (target_relax_info
6073 && (target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
6074 || target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
6076 xtensa_opcode opcode
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
6078 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
= FALSE
;
6080 if (is_alt_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
6082 /* None of the current alternate relocs are PC-relative,
6083 and only PC-relative relocs matter here. However, we
6084 still need to record the opcode for literal
6086 opcode
= get_relocation_opcode (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
);
6087 if (opcode
== get_l32r_opcode ())
6089 is_abs_literal
= TRUE
;
6093 opcode
= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
;
6095 else if (is_operand_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
6097 opcode
= get_relocation_opcode (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
);
6098 opnd
= get_relocation_opnd (opcode
, ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
));
6101 if (opcode
!= XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
6103 int src_next
= target_relax_info
->src_next
++;
6104 source_reloc
*s_reloc
= &target_relax_info
->src_relocs
[src_next
];
6106 init_source_reloc (s_reloc
, sec
, &r_rel
, opcode
, opnd
,
6112 /* Now get rid of ASM_EXPAND relocations. At this point, the
6113 src_relocs array for the target literal section may still be
6114 incomplete, but it must at least contain the entries for the L32R
6115 relocations associated with ASM_EXPANDs because they were just
6116 added in the preceding loop over the relocations. */
6118 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6120 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
6121 bfd_boolean is_reachable
;
6123 if (!is_resolvable_asm_expansion (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
, link_info
,
6129 Elf_Internal_Rela
*l32r_irel
;
6131 asection
*target_sec
;
6132 xtensa_relax_info
*target_relax_info
;
6134 /* Mark the source_reloc for the L32R so that it will be
6135 removed in compute_removed_literals(), along with the
6136 associated literal. */
6137 l32r_irel
= find_associated_l32r_irel (abfd
, sec
, contents
,
6138 irel
, internal_relocs
);
6139 if (l32r_irel
== NULL
)
6142 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, l32r_irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
6144 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
6145 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
6147 if (target_relax_info
6148 && (target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
6149 || target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
6151 source_reloc
*s_reloc
;
6153 /* Search the source_relocs for the entry corresponding to
6154 the l32r_irel. Note: The src_relocs array is not yet
6155 sorted, but it wouldn't matter anyway because we're
6156 searching by source offset instead of target offset. */
6157 s_reloc
= find_source_reloc (target_relax_info
->src_relocs
,
6158 target_relax_info
->src_next
,
6160 BFD_ASSERT (s_reloc
);
6161 s_reloc
->is_null
= TRUE
;
6164 /* Convert this reloc to ASM_SIMPLIFY. */
6165 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6166 R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
);
6167 l32r_irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
6169 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
6173 /* It is resolvable but doesn't reach. We resolve now
6174 by eliminating the relocation -- the call will remain
6175 expanded into L32R/CALLX. */
6176 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
6177 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
6182 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
6183 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
6188 /* Return TRUE if the asm expansion can be resolved. Generally it can
6189 be resolved on a final link or when a partial link locates it in the
6190 same section as the target. Set "is_reachable" flag if the target of
6191 the call is within the range of a direct call, given the current VMA
6192 for this section and the target section. */
6195 is_resolvable_asm_expansion (bfd
*abfd
,
6198 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
,
6199 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6200 bfd_boolean
*is_reachable_p
)
6202 asection
*target_sec
;
6203 bfd_vma target_offset
;
6205 xtensa_opcode opcode
, direct_call_opcode
;
6206 bfd_vma self_address
;
6207 bfd_vma dest_address
;
6208 bfd_boolean uses_l32r
;
6209 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
6211 *is_reachable_p
= FALSE
;
6213 if (contents
== NULL
)
6216 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
)
6219 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
6220 opcode
= get_expanded_call_opcode (contents
+ irel
->r_offset
,
6221 sec_size
- irel
->r_offset
, &uses_l32r
);
6222 /* Optimization of longcalls that use CONST16 is not yet implemented. */
6226 direct_call_opcode
= swap_callx_for_call_opcode (opcode
);
6227 if (direct_call_opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
6230 /* Check and see that the target resolves. */
6231 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
6232 if (!r_reloc_is_defined (&r_rel
))
6235 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
6236 target_offset
= r_rel
.target_offset
;
6238 /* If the target is in a shared library, then it doesn't reach. This
6239 isn't supposed to come up because the compiler should never generate
6240 non-PIC calls on systems that use shared libraries, but the linker
6241 shouldn't crash regardless. */
6242 if (!target_sec
->output_section
)
6245 /* For relocatable sections, we can only simplify when the output
6246 section of the target is the same as the output section of the
6248 if (link_info
->relocatable
6249 && (target_sec
->output_section
!= sec
->output_section
6250 || is_reloc_sym_weak (abfd
, irel
)))
6253 self_address
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
6254 + sec
->output_offset
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 3);
6255 dest_address
= (target_sec
->output_section
->vma
6256 + target_sec
->output_offset
+ target_offset
);
6258 *is_reachable_p
= pcrel_reloc_fits (direct_call_opcode
, 0,
6259 self_address
, dest_address
);
6261 if ((self_address
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
) !=
6262 (dest_address
>> CALL_SEGMENT_BITS
))
6269 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
6270 find_associated_l32r_irel (bfd
*abfd
,
6273 Elf_Internal_Rela
*other_irel
,
6274 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
6278 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6280 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
6282 if (irel
== other_irel
)
6284 if (irel
->r_offset
!= other_irel
->r_offset
)
6286 if (is_l32r_relocation (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
))
6294 /* The compute_text_actions function will build a list of potential
6295 transformation actions for code in the extended basic block of each
6296 longcall that is optimized to a direct call. From this list we
6297 generate a set of actions to actually perform that optimizes for
6298 space and, if not using size_opt, maintains branch target
6301 These actions to be performed are placed on a per-section list.
6302 The actual changes are performed by relax_section() in the second
6306 compute_text_actions (bfd
*abfd
,
6308 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6310 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
6312 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6313 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
6315 property_table_entry
*prop_table
= 0;
6317 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
6318 static bfd_boolean no_insn_move
= FALSE
;
6323 /* Do nothing if the section contains no optimized longcalls. */
6324 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
6325 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
);
6326 if (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
6329 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
6330 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6332 if (internal_relocs
)
6333 qsort (internal_relocs
, sec
->reloc_count
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
),
6334 internal_reloc_compare
);
6336 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
6337 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
6338 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
6344 ptblsize
= xtensa_read_table_entries (abfd
, sec
, &prop_table
,
6345 XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
, FALSE
);
6352 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6354 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
6356 property_table_entry
*the_entry
;
6359 ebb_constraint ebb_table
;
6360 bfd_size_type simplify_size
;
6362 if (irel
&& ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
)
6364 r_offset
= irel
->r_offset
;
6366 simplify_size
= get_asm_simplify_size (contents
, sec_size
, r_offset
);
6367 if (simplify_size
== 0)
6369 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6370 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction for XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY relocation; possible configuration mismatch"),
6371 sec
->owner
, sec
, r_offset
);
6375 /* If the instruction table is not around, then don't do this
6377 the_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
6378 sec
->vma
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6379 if (the_entry
== NULL
|| XTENSA_NO_NOP_REMOVAL
)
6381 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
6382 ta_convert_longcall
, sec
, r_offset
,
6387 /* If the next longcall happens to be at the same address as an
6388 unreachable section of size 0, then skip forward. */
6389 ptbl_idx
= the_entry
- prop_table
;
6390 while ((the_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
)
6391 && the_entry
->size
== 0
6392 && ptbl_idx
+ 1 < ptblsize
6393 && (prop_table
[ptbl_idx
+ 1].address
6394 == prop_table
[ptbl_idx
].address
))
6400 if (the_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
)
6401 /* NO_REORDER is OK */
6404 init_ebb_constraint (&ebb_table
);
6405 ebb
= &ebb_table
.ebb
;
6406 init_ebb (ebb
, sec
, contents
, sec_size
, prop_table
, ptblsize
,
6407 internal_relocs
, sec
->reloc_count
);
6408 ebb
->start_offset
= r_offset
+ simplify_size
;
6409 ebb
->end_offset
= r_offset
+ simplify_size
;
6410 ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
= ptbl_idx
;
6411 ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
= ptbl_idx
;
6412 ebb
->start_reloc_idx
= i
;
6413 ebb
->end_reloc_idx
= i
;
6415 if (!extend_ebb_bounds (ebb
)
6416 || !compute_ebb_proposed_actions (&ebb_table
)
6417 || !compute_ebb_actions (&ebb_table
)
6418 || !check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit (abfd
, sec
, contents
,
6419 internal_relocs
, &ebb_table
)
6420 || !check_section_ebb_reduces (&ebb_table
))
6422 /* If anything goes wrong or we get unlucky and something does
6423 not fit, with our plan because of expansion between
6424 critical branches, just convert to a NOP. */
6426 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
6427 ta_convert_longcall
, sec
, r_offset
, 0);
6428 i
= ebb_table
.ebb
.end_reloc_idx
;
6429 free_ebb_constraint (&ebb_table
);
6433 text_action_add_proposed (&relax_info
->action_list
, &ebb_table
, sec
);
6435 /* Update the index so we do not go looking at the relocations
6436 we have already processed. */
6437 i
= ebb_table
.ebb
.end_reloc_idx
;
6438 free_ebb_constraint (&ebb_table
);
6442 if (relax_info
->action_list
.head
)
6443 print_action_list (stderr
, &relax_info
->action_list
);
6447 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
6448 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
6456 /* Find all of the possible actions for an extended basic block. */
6459 compute_ebb_proposed_actions (ebb_constraint
*ebb_table
)
6461 const ebb_t
*ebb
= &ebb_table
->ebb
;
6462 unsigned rel_idx
= ebb
->start_reloc_idx
;
6463 property_table_entry
*entry
, *start_entry
, *end_entry
;
6465 start_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->start_ptbl_idx
];
6466 end_entry
= &ebb
->ptbl
[ebb
->end_ptbl_idx
];
6468 for (entry
= start_entry
; entry
<= end_entry
; entry
++)
6470 bfd_vma offset
, start_offset
, end_offset
;
6471 bfd_size_type insn_len
;
6473 start_offset
= entry
->address
- ebb
->sec
->vma
;
6474 end_offset
= entry
->address
+ entry
->size
- ebb
->sec
->vma
;
6476 if (entry
== start_entry
)
6477 start_offset
= ebb
->start_offset
;
6478 if (entry
== end_entry
)
6479 end_offset
= ebb
->end_offset
;
6480 offset
= start_offset
;
6482 if (offset
== entry
->address
- ebb
->sec
->vma
6483 && (entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_BRANCH_TARGET
) != 0)
6485 enum ebb_target_enum align_type
= EBB_DESIRE_TGT_ALIGN
;
6486 BFD_ASSERT (offset
!= end_offset
);
6487 if (offset
== end_offset
)
6490 insn_len
= insn_decode_len (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
6493 /* Propose no actions for a section with an undecodable offset. */
6496 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6497 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction; possible configuration mismatch"),
6498 ebb
->sec
->owner
, ebb
->sec
, offset
);
6501 if (check_branch_target_aligned_address (offset
, insn_len
))
6502 align_type
= EBB_REQUIRE_TGT_ALIGN
;
6504 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, align_type
, 0,
6505 ta_none
, offset
, 0, TRUE
);
6508 while (offset
!= end_offset
)
6510 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
6511 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
6513 while (rel_idx
< ebb
->end_reloc_idx
6514 && (ebb
->relocs
[rel_idx
].r_offset
< offset
6515 || (ebb
->relocs
[rel_idx
].r_offset
== offset
6516 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (ebb
->relocs
[rel_idx
].r_info
)
6517 != R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
))))
6520 /* Check for longcall. */
6521 irel
= &ebb
->relocs
[rel_idx
];
6522 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
6523 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
)
6525 bfd_size_type simplify_size
;
6527 simplify_size
= get_asm_simplify_size (ebb
->contents
,
6528 ebb
->content_length
,
6530 if (simplify_size
== 0)
6532 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6533 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction for XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY relocation; possible configuration mismatch"),
6534 ebb
->sec
->owner
, ebb
->sec
, offset
);
6538 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, EBB_NO_ALIGN
, 0,
6539 ta_convert_longcall
, offset
, 0, TRUE
);
6541 offset
+= simplify_size
;
6545 insn_len
= insn_decode_len (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
6547 /* If the instruction is undecodable, then report an error. */
6550 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6551 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): could not decode instruction; possible configuration mismatch"),
6552 ebb
->sec
->owner
, ebb
->sec
, offset
);
6556 if ((entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_DENSITY
) == 0
6557 && (entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
) == 0
6558 && narrow_instruction (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
6561 /* Add an instruction narrow action. */
6562 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, EBB_NO_ALIGN
, 0,
6563 ta_narrow_insn
, offset
, 0, FALSE
);
6567 if ((entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
) == 0
6568 && widen_instruction (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
6571 /* Add an instruction widen action. */
6572 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, EBB_NO_ALIGN
, 0,
6573 ta_widen_insn
, offset
, 0, FALSE
);
6577 opcode
= insn_decode_opcode (ebb
->contents
, ebb
->content_length
,
6579 if (xtensa_opcode_is_loop (xtensa_default_isa
, opcode
))
6581 /* Check for branch targets. */
6582 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, EBB_REQUIRE_LOOP_ALIGN
, 0,
6583 ta_none
, offset
, 0, TRUE
);
6592 if (ebb
->ends_unreachable
)
6594 ebb_propose_action (ebb_table
, EBB_NO_ALIGN
, 0,
6595 ta_fill
, ebb
->end_offset
, 0, TRUE
);
6602 /* After all of the information has collected about the
6603 transformations possible in an EBB, compute the appropriate actions
6604 here in compute_ebb_actions. We still must check later to make
6605 sure that the actions do not break any relocations. The algorithm
6606 used here is pretty greedy. Basically, it removes as many no-ops
6607 as possible so that the end of the EBB has the same alignment
6608 characteristics as the original. First, it uses narrowing, then
6609 fill space at the end of the EBB, and finally widenings. If that
6610 does not work, it tries again with one fewer no-op removed. The
6611 optimization will only be performed if all of the branch targets
6612 that were aligned before transformation are also aligned after the
6615 When the size_opt flag is set, ignore the branch target alignments,
6616 narrow all wide instructions, and remove all no-ops unless the end
6617 of the EBB prevents it. */
6620 compute_ebb_actions (ebb_constraint
*ebb_table
)
6624 int removed_bytes
= 0;
6625 ebb_t
*ebb
= &ebb_table
->ebb
;
6626 unsigned seg_idx_start
= 0;
6627 unsigned seg_idx_end
= 0;
6629 /* We perform this like the assembler relaxation algorithm: Start by
6630 assuming all instructions are narrow and all no-ops removed; then
6633 /* For each segment of this that has a solid constraint, check to
6634 see if there are any combinations that will keep the constraint.
6636 for (seg_idx_end
= 0; seg_idx_end
< ebb_table
->action_count
; seg_idx_end
++)
6638 bfd_boolean requires_text_end_align
= FALSE
;
6639 unsigned longcall_count
= 0;
6640 unsigned longcall_convert_count
= 0;
6641 unsigned narrowable_count
= 0;
6642 unsigned narrowable_convert_count
= 0;
6643 unsigned widenable_count
= 0;
6644 unsigned widenable_convert_count
= 0;
6646 proposed_action
*action
= NULL
;
6647 int align
= (1 << ebb_table
->ebb
.sec
->alignment_power
);
6649 seg_idx_start
= seg_idx_end
;
6651 for (i
= seg_idx_start
; i
< ebb_table
->action_count
; i
++)
6653 action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[i
];
6654 if (action
->action
== ta_convert_longcall
)
6656 if (action
->action
== ta_narrow_insn
)
6658 if (action
->action
== ta_widen_insn
)
6660 if (action
->action
== ta_fill
)
6662 if (action
->align_type
== EBB_REQUIRE_LOOP_ALIGN
)
6664 if (action
->align_type
== EBB_REQUIRE_TGT_ALIGN
6665 && !elf32xtensa_size_opt
)
6670 if (seg_idx_end
== ebb_table
->action_count
&& !ebb
->ends_unreachable
)
6671 requires_text_end_align
= TRUE
;
6673 if (elf32xtensa_size_opt
&& !requires_text_end_align
6674 && action
->align_type
!= EBB_REQUIRE_LOOP_ALIGN
6675 && action
->align_type
!= EBB_REQUIRE_TGT_ALIGN
)
6677 longcall_convert_count
= longcall_count
;
6678 narrowable_convert_count
= narrowable_count
;
6679 widenable_convert_count
= 0;
6683 /* There is a constraint. Convert the max number of longcalls. */
6684 narrowable_convert_count
= 0;
6685 longcall_convert_count
= 0;
6686 widenable_convert_count
= 0;
6688 for (j
= 0; j
< longcall_count
; j
++)
6690 int removed
= (longcall_count
- j
) * 3 & (align
- 1);
6691 unsigned desire_narrow
= (align
- removed
) & (align
- 1);
6692 unsigned desire_widen
= removed
;
6693 if (desire_narrow
<= narrowable_count
)
6695 narrowable_convert_count
= desire_narrow
;
6696 narrowable_convert_count
+=
6697 (align
* ((narrowable_count
- narrowable_convert_count
)
6699 longcall_convert_count
= (longcall_count
- j
);
6700 widenable_convert_count
= 0;
6703 if (desire_widen
<= widenable_count
&& !elf32xtensa_size_opt
)
6705 narrowable_convert_count
= 0;
6706 longcall_convert_count
= longcall_count
- j
;
6707 widenable_convert_count
= desire_widen
;
6713 /* Now the number of conversions are saved. Do them. */
6714 for (i
= seg_idx_start
; i
< seg_idx_end
; i
++)
6716 action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[i
];
6717 switch (action
->action
)
6719 case ta_convert_longcall
:
6720 if (longcall_convert_count
!= 0)
6722 action
->action
= ta_remove_longcall
;
6723 action
->do_action
= TRUE
;
6724 action
->removed_bytes
+= 3;
6725 longcall_convert_count
--;
6728 case ta_narrow_insn
:
6729 if (narrowable_convert_count
!= 0)
6731 action
->do_action
= TRUE
;
6732 action
->removed_bytes
+= 1;
6733 narrowable_convert_count
--;
6737 if (widenable_convert_count
!= 0)
6739 action
->do_action
= TRUE
;
6740 action
->removed_bytes
-= 1;
6741 widenable_convert_count
--;
6750 /* Now we move on to some local opts. Try to remove each of the
6751 remaining longcalls. */
6753 if (ebb_table
->ebb
.ends_section
|| ebb_table
->ebb
.ends_unreachable
)
6756 for (i
= 0; i
< ebb_table
->action_count
; i
++)
6758 int old_removed_bytes
= removed_bytes
;
6759 proposed_action
*action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[i
];
6761 if (action
->do_action
&& action
->action
== ta_convert_longcall
)
6763 bfd_boolean bad_alignment
= FALSE
;
6765 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ebb_table
->action_count
; j
++)
6767 proposed_action
*new_action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[j
];
6768 bfd_vma offset
= new_action
->offset
;
6769 if (new_action
->align_type
== EBB_REQUIRE_TGT_ALIGN
)
6771 if (!check_branch_target_aligned
6772 (ebb_table
->ebb
.contents
,
6773 ebb_table
->ebb
.content_length
,
6774 offset
, offset
- removed_bytes
))
6776 bad_alignment
= TRUE
;
6780 if (new_action
->align_type
== EBB_REQUIRE_LOOP_ALIGN
)
6782 if (!check_loop_aligned (ebb_table
->ebb
.contents
,
6783 ebb_table
->ebb
.content_length
,
6785 offset
- removed_bytes
))
6787 bad_alignment
= TRUE
;
6791 if (new_action
->action
== ta_narrow_insn
6792 && !new_action
->do_action
6793 && ebb_table
->ebb
.sec
->alignment_power
== 2)
6795 /* Narrow an instruction and we are done. */
6796 new_action
->do_action
= TRUE
;
6797 new_action
->removed_bytes
+= 1;
6798 bad_alignment
= FALSE
;
6801 if (new_action
->action
== ta_widen_insn
6802 && new_action
->do_action
6803 && ebb_table
->ebb
.sec
->alignment_power
== 2)
6805 /* Narrow an instruction and we are done. */
6806 new_action
->do_action
= FALSE
;
6807 new_action
->removed_bytes
+= 1;
6808 bad_alignment
= FALSE
;
6814 action
->removed_bytes
+= 3;
6815 action
->action
= ta_remove_longcall
;
6816 action
->do_action
= TRUE
;
6819 removed_bytes
= old_removed_bytes
;
6820 if (action
->do_action
)
6821 removed_bytes
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
6826 for (i
= 0; i
< ebb_table
->action_count
; ++i
)
6828 proposed_action
*action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[i
];
6829 if (action
->do_action
)
6830 removed_bytes
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
6833 if ((removed_bytes
% (1 << ebb_table
->ebb
.sec
->alignment_power
)) != 0
6834 && ebb
->ends_unreachable
)
6836 proposed_action
*action
;
6840 BFD_ASSERT (ebb_table
->action_count
!= 0);
6841 action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[ebb_table
->action_count
- 1];
6842 BFD_ASSERT (action
->action
== ta_fill
);
6843 BFD_ASSERT (ebb
->ends_unreachable
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
);
6845 extra_space
= compute_fill_extra_space (ebb
->ends_unreachable
);
6846 br
= action
->removed_bytes
+ removed_bytes
+ extra_space
;
6847 br
= br
& ((1 << ebb
->sec
->alignment_power
) - 1);
6849 action
->removed_bytes
= extra_space
- br
;
6855 /* Use check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit to make sure that all of the
6856 relocations in a section will fit if a proposed set of actions
6860 check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit (bfd
*abfd
,
6863 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
6864 const ebb_constraint
*constraint
)
6867 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
6868 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
6870 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
6872 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6875 bfd_vma orig_self_offset
, orig_target_offset
;
6876 bfd_vma self_offset
, target_offset
;
6878 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
6879 int self_removed_bytes
, target_removed_bytes
;
6881 irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
6882 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6884 howto
= &elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
6885 /* We maintain the required invariant: PC-relative relocations
6886 that fit before linking must fit after linking. Thus we only
6887 need to deal with relocations to the same section that are
6889 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
6890 || !howto
->pc_relative
)
6893 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
,
6894 bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
));
6896 if (r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
) != sec
)
6899 orig_self_offset
= irel
->r_offset
;
6900 orig_target_offset
= r_rel
.target_offset
;
6902 self_offset
= orig_self_offset
;
6903 target_offset
= orig_target_offset
;
6907 self_offset
= offset_with_removed_text (&relax_info
->action_list
,
6909 target_offset
= offset_with_removed_text (&relax_info
->action_list
,
6910 orig_target_offset
);
6913 self_removed_bytes
= 0;
6914 target_removed_bytes
= 0;
6916 for (j
= 0; j
< constraint
->action_count
; ++j
)
6918 proposed_action
*action
= &constraint
->actions
[j
];
6919 bfd_vma offset
= action
->offset
;
6920 int removed_bytes
= action
->removed_bytes
;
6921 if (offset
< orig_self_offset
6922 || (offset
== orig_self_offset
&& action
->action
== ta_fill
6923 && action
->removed_bytes
< 0))
6924 self_removed_bytes
+= removed_bytes
;
6925 if (offset
< orig_target_offset
6926 || (offset
== orig_target_offset
&& action
->action
== ta_fill
6927 && action
->removed_bytes
< 0))
6928 target_removed_bytes
+= removed_bytes
;
6930 self_offset
-= self_removed_bytes
;
6931 target_offset
-= target_removed_bytes
;
6933 /* Try to encode it. Get the operand and check. */
6934 if (is_alt_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
)))
6936 /* None of the current alternate relocs are PC-relative,
6937 and only PC-relative relocs matter here. */
6941 xtensa_opcode opcode
;
6944 opcode
= get_relocation_opcode (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
);
6945 if (opcode
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
6948 opnum
= get_relocation_opnd (opcode
, ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
));
6949 if (opnum
== XTENSA_UNDEFINED
)
6952 if (!pcrel_reloc_fits (opcode
, opnum
, self_offset
, target_offset
))
6962 check_section_ebb_reduces (const ebb_constraint
*constraint
)
6967 for (i
= 0; i
< constraint
->action_count
; i
++)
6969 const proposed_action
*action
= &constraint
->actions
[i
];
6970 if (action
->do_action
)
6971 removed
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
6981 text_action_add_proposed (text_action_list
*l
,
6982 const ebb_constraint
*ebb_table
,
6987 for (i
= 0; i
< ebb_table
->action_count
; i
++)
6989 proposed_action
*action
= &ebb_table
->actions
[i
];
6991 if (!action
->do_action
)
6993 switch (action
->action
)
6995 case ta_remove_insn
:
6996 case ta_remove_longcall
:
6997 case ta_convert_longcall
:
6998 case ta_narrow_insn
:
7001 case ta_remove_literal
:
7002 text_action_add (l
, action
->action
, sec
, action
->offset
,
7003 action
->removed_bytes
);
7016 compute_fill_extra_space (property_table_entry
*entry
)
7018 int fill_extra_space
;
7023 if ((entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
) == 0)
7026 fill_extra_space
= entry
->size
;
7027 if ((entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
) != 0)
7029 /* Fill bytes for alignment:
7030 (2**n)-1 - (addr + (2**n)-1) & (2**n -1) */
7031 int pow
= GET_XTENSA_PROP_ALIGNMENT (entry
->flags
);
7032 int nsm
= (1 << pow
) - 1;
7033 bfd_vma addr
= entry
->address
+ entry
->size
;
7034 bfd_vma align_fill
= nsm
- ((addr
+ nsm
) & nsm
);
7035 fill_extra_space
+= align_fill
;
7037 return fill_extra_space
;
7041 /* First relaxation pass. */
7043 /* If the section contains relaxable literals, check each literal to
7044 see if it has the same value as another literal that has already
7045 been seen, either in the current section or a previous one. If so,
7046 add an entry to the per-section list of removed literals. The
7047 actual changes are deferred until the next pass. */
7050 compute_removed_literals (bfd
*abfd
,
7052 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7053 value_map_hash_table
*values
)
7055 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
7057 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7058 source_reloc
*src_relocs
, *rel
;
7059 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
7060 property_table_entry
*prop_table
= NULL
;
7063 bfd_boolean last_loc_is_prev
= FALSE
;
7064 bfd_vma last_target_offset
= 0;
7065 section_cache_t target_sec_cache
;
7066 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
7068 init_section_cache (&target_sec_cache
);
7070 /* Do nothing if it is not a relaxable literal section. */
7071 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
7072 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
);
7073 if (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
)
7076 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
7077 link_info
->keep_memory
);
7079 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
7080 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
7081 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
7087 /* Sort the source_relocs by target offset. */
7088 src_relocs
= relax_info
->src_relocs
;
7089 qsort (src_relocs
, relax_info
->src_count
,
7090 sizeof (source_reloc
), source_reloc_compare
);
7091 qsort (internal_relocs
, sec
->reloc_count
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
),
7092 internal_reloc_compare
);
7094 ptblsize
= xtensa_read_table_entries (abfd
, sec
, &prop_table
,
7095 XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
, FALSE
);
7103 for (i
= 0; i
< relax_info
->src_count
; i
++)
7105 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= NULL
;
7107 rel
= &src_relocs
[i
];
7108 if (get_l32r_opcode () != rel
->opcode
)
7110 irel
= get_irel_at_offset (sec
, internal_relocs
,
7111 rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
7113 /* If the relocation on this is not a simple R_XTENSA_32 or
7114 R_XTENSA_PLT then do not consider it. This may happen when
7115 the difference of two symbols is used in a literal. */
7116 if (irel
&& (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_32
7117 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) != R_XTENSA_PLT
))
7120 /* If the target_offset for this relocation is the same as the
7121 previous relocation, then we've already considered whether the
7122 literal can be coalesced. Skip to the next one.... */
7123 if (i
!= 0 && prev_i
!= -1
7124 && src_relocs
[i
-1].r_rel
.target_offset
== rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
)
7128 if (last_loc_is_prev
&&
7129 last_target_offset
+ 4 != rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
)
7130 last_loc_is_prev
= FALSE
;
7132 /* Check if the relocation was from an L32R that is being removed
7133 because a CALLX was converted to a direct CALL, and check if
7134 there are no other relocations to the literal. */
7135 if (is_removable_literal (rel
, i
, src_relocs
, relax_info
->src_count
))
7137 if (!remove_dead_literal (abfd
, sec
, link_info
, internal_relocs
,
7138 irel
, rel
, prop_table
, ptblsize
))
7143 last_target_offset
= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
;
7147 if (!identify_literal_placement (abfd
, sec
, contents
, link_info
,
7149 &last_loc_is_prev
, irel
,
7150 relax_info
->src_count
- i
, rel
,
7151 prop_table
, ptblsize
,
7152 &target_sec_cache
, rel
->is_abs_literal
))
7157 last_target_offset
= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
;
7161 print_removed_literals (stderr
, &relax_info
->removed_list
);
7162 print_action_list (stderr
, &relax_info
->action_list
);
7166 if (prop_table
) free (prop_table
);
7167 clear_section_cache (&target_sec_cache
);
7169 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
7170 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
7175 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
7176 get_irel_at_offset (asection
*sec
,
7177 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
7181 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
7183 Elf_Internal_Rela key
;
7185 if (!internal_relocs
)
7188 key
.r_offset
= offset
;
7189 irel
= bsearch (&key
, internal_relocs
, sec
->reloc_count
,
7190 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
), internal_reloc_matches
);
7194 /* bsearch does not guarantee which will be returned if there are
7195 multiple matches. We need the first that is not an alignment. */
7196 i
= irel
- internal_relocs
;
7199 if (internal_relocs
[i
-1].r_offset
!= offset
)
7203 for ( ; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7205 irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
7206 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
7207 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
&& r_type
!= R_XTENSA_NONE
)
7216 is_removable_literal (const source_reloc
*rel
,
7218 const source_reloc
*src_relocs
,
7221 const source_reloc
*curr_rel
;
7225 for (++i
; i
< src_count
; ++i
)
7227 curr_rel
= &src_relocs
[i
];
7228 /* If all others have the same target offset.... */
7229 if (curr_rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
!= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
)
7232 if (!curr_rel
->is_null
7233 && !xtensa_is_property_section (curr_rel
->source_sec
)
7234 && !(curr_rel
->source_sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7242 remove_dead_literal (bfd
*abfd
,
7244 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7245 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
7246 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
,
7248 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
7251 property_table_entry
*entry
;
7252 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
7254 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
7258 entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
7259 sec
->vma
+ rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
7261 /* Mark the unused literal so that it will be removed. */
7262 add_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
, &rel
->r_rel
, NULL
);
7264 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7265 ta_remove_literal
, sec
, rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
, 4);
7267 /* If the section is 4-byte aligned, do not add fill. */
7268 if (sec
->alignment_power
> 2)
7270 int fill_extra_space
;
7271 bfd_vma entry_sec_offset
;
7273 property_table_entry
*the_add_entry
;
7277 entry_sec_offset
= entry
->address
- sec
->vma
+ entry
->size
;
7279 entry_sec_offset
= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
+ 4;
7281 /* If the literal range is at the end of the section,
7283 the_add_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
7285 fill_extra_space
= compute_fill_extra_space (the_add_entry
);
7287 fa
= find_fill_action (&relax_info
->action_list
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
);
7288 removed_diff
= compute_removed_action_diff (fa
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
,
7289 -4, fill_extra_space
);
7291 adjust_fill_action (fa
, removed_diff
);
7293 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7294 ta_fill
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
, removed_diff
);
7297 /* Zero out the relocation on this literal location. */
7300 if (elf_hash_table (link_info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7301 shrink_dynamic_reloc_sections (link_info
, abfd
, sec
, irel
);
7303 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
7304 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
7307 /* Do not modify "last_loc_is_prev". */
7313 identify_literal_placement (bfd
*abfd
,
7316 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7317 value_map_hash_table
*values
,
7318 bfd_boolean
*last_loc_is_prev_p
,
7319 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
,
7320 int remaining_src_rels
,
7322 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
7324 section_cache_t
*target_sec_cache
,
7325 bfd_boolean is_abs_literal
)
7329 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
7330 bfd_boolean literal_placed
= FALSE
;
7332 unsigned long value
;
7333 bfd_boolean final_static_link
;
7334 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
7336 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
7340 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
7343 (!link_info
->relocatable
7344 && !elf_hash_table (link_info
)->dynamic_sections_created
);
7346 /* The placement algorithm first checks to see if the literal is
7347 already in the value map. If so and the value map is reachable
7348 from all uses, then the literal is moved to that location. If
7349 not, then we identify the last location where a fresh literal was
7350 placed. If the literal can be safely moved there, then we do so.
7351 If not, then we assume that the literal is not to move and leave
7352 the literal where it is, marking it as the last literal
7355 /* Find the literal value. */
7357 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
7360 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
< sec_size
);
7361 value
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
7363 init_literal_value (&val
, &r_rel
, value
, is_abs_literal
);
7365 /* Check if we've seen another literal with the same value that
7366 is in the same output section. */
7367 val_map
= value_map_get_cached_value (values
, &val
, final_static_link
);
7370 && (r_reloc_get_section (&val_map
->loc
)->output_section
7371 == sec
->output_section
)
7372 && relocations_reach (rel
, remaining_src_rels
, &val_map
->loc
)
7373 && coalesce_shared_literal (sec
, rel
, prop_table
, ptblsize
, val_map
))
7375 /* No change to last_loc_is_prev. */
7376 literal_placed
= TRUE
;
7379 /* For relocatable links, do not try to move literals. To do it
7380 correctly might increase the number of relocations in an input
7381 section making the default relocatable linking fail. */
7382 if (!link_info
->relocatable
&& !literal_placed
7383 && values
->has_last_loc
&& !(*last_loc_is_prev_p
))
7385 asection
*target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&values
->last_loc
);
7386 if (target_sec
&& target_sec
->output_section
== sec
->output_section
)
7388 /* Increment the virtual offset. */
7389 r_reloc try_loc
= values
->last_loc
;
7390 try_loc
.virtual_offset
+= 4;
7392 /* There is a last loc that was in the same output section. */
7393 if (relocations_reach (rel
, remaining_src_rels
, &try_loc
)
7394 && move_shared_literal (sec
, link_info
, rel
,
7395 prop_table
, ptblsize
,
7396 &try_loc
, &val
, target_sec_cache
))
7398 values
->last_loc
.virtual_offset
+= 4;
7399 literal_placed
= TRUE
;
7401 val_map
= add_value_map (values
, &val
, &try_loc
,
7404 val_map
->loc
= try_loc
;
7409 if (!literal_placed
)
7411 /* Nothing worked, leave the literal alone but update the last loc. */
7412 values
->has_last_loc
= TRUE
;
7413 values
->last_loc
= rel
->r_rel
;
7415 val_map
= add_value_map (values
, &val
, &rel
->r_rel
, final_static_link
);
7417 val_map
->loc
= rel
->r_rel
;
7418 *last_loc_is_prev_p
= TRUE
;
7425 /* Check if the original relocations (presumably on L32R instructions)
7426 identified by reloc[0..N] can be changed to reference the literal
7427 identified by r_rel. If r_rel is out of range for any of the
7428 original relocations, then we don't want to coalesce the original
7429 literal with the one at r_rel. We only check reloc[0..N], where the
7430 offsets are all the same as for reloc[0] (i.e., they're all
7431 referencing the same literal) and where N is also bounded by the
7432 number of remaining entries in the "reloc" array. The "reloc" array
7433 is sorted by target offset so we know all the entries for the same
7434 literal will be contiguous. */
7437 relocations_reach (source_reloc
*reloc
,
7438 int remaining_relocs
,
7439 const r_reloc
*r_rel
)
7441 bfd_vma from_offset
, source_address
, dest_address
;
7445 if (!r_reloc_is_defined (r_rel
))
7448 sec
= r_reloc_get_section (r_rel
);
7449 from_offset
= reloc
[0].r_rel
.target_offset
;
7451 for (i
= 0; i
< remaining_relocs
; i
++)
7453 if (reloc
[i
].r_rel
.target_offset
!= from_offset
)
7456 /* Ignore relocations that have been removed. */
7457 if (reloc
[i
].is_null
)
7460 /* The original and new output section for these must be the same
7461 in order to coalesce. */
7462 if (r_reloc_get_section (&reloc
[i
].r_rel
)->output_section
7463 != sec
->output_section
)
7466 /* A literal with no PC-relative relocations can be moved anywhere. */
7467 if (reloc
[i
].opnd
!= -1)
7469 /* Otherwise, check to see that it fits. */
7470 source_address
= (reloc
[i
].source_sec
->output_section
->vma
7471 + reloc
[i
].source_sec
->output_offset
7472 + reloc
[i
].r_rel
.rela
.r_offset
);
7473 dest_address
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
7474 + sec
->output_offset
7475 + r_rel
->target_offset
);
7477 if (!pcrel_reloc_fits (reloc
[i
].opcode
, reloc
[i
].opnd
,
7478 source_address
, dest_address
))
7487 /* Move a literal to another literal location because it is
7488 the same as the other literal value. */
7491 coalesce_shared_literal (asection
*sec
,
7493 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
7497 property_table_entry
*entry
;
7499 property_table_entry
*the_add_entry
;
7501 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
7503 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
7507 entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry
7508 (prop_table
, ptblsize
, sec
->vma
+ rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
7509 if (entry
&& (entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
))
7512 /* Mark that the literal will be coalesced. */
7513 add_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
, &rel
->r_rel
, &val_map
->loc
);
7515 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7516 ta_remove_literal
, sec
, rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
, 4);
7518 /* If the section is 4-byte aligned, do not add fill. */
7519 if (sec
->alignment_power
> 2)
7521 int fill_extra_space
;
7522 bfd_vma entry_sec_offset
;
7525 entry_sec_offset
= entry
->address
- sec
->vma
+ entry
->size
;
7527 entry_sec_offset
= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
+ 4;
7529 /* If the literal range is at the end of the section,
7531 fill_extra_space
= 0;
7532 the_add_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
7534 if (the_add_entry
&& (the_add_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
))
7535 fill_extra_space
= the_add_entry
->size
;
7537 fa
= find_fill_action (&relax_info
->action_list
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
);
7538 removed_diff
= compute_removed_action_diff (fa
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
,
7539 -4, fill_extra_space
);
7541 adjust_fill_action (fa
, removed_diff
);
7543 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7544 ta_fill
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
, removed_diff
);
7551 /* Move a literal to another location. This may actually increase the
7552 total amount of space used because of alignments so we need to do
7553 this carefully. Also, it may make a branch go out of range. */
7556 move_shared_literal (asection
*sec
,
7557 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
7559 property_table_entry
*prop_table
,
7561 const r_reloc
*target_loc
,
7562 const literal_value
*lit_value
,
7563 section_cache_t
*target_sec_cache
)
7565 property_table_entry
*the_add_entry
, *src_entry
, *target_entry
= NULL
;
7566 text_action
*fa
, *target_fa
;
7568 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
, *target_relax_info
;
7569 asection
*target_sec
;
7571 ebb_constraint ebb_table
;
7572 bfd_boolean relocs_fit
;
7574 /* If this routine always returns FALSE, the literals that cannot be
7575 coalesced will not be moved. */
7576 if (elf32xtensa_no_literal_movement
)
7579 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
7583 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (target_loc
);
7584 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
7586 /* Literals to undefined sections may not be moved because they
7587 must report an error. */
7588 if (bfd_is_und_section (target_sec
))
7591 src_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry
7592 (prop_table
, ptblsize
, sec
->vma
+ rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
);
7594 if (!section_cache_section (target_sec_cache
, target_sec
, link_info
))
7597 target_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry
7598 (target_sec_cache
->ptbl
, target_sec_cache
->pte_count
,
7599 target_sec
->vma
+ target_loc
->target_offset
);
7604 /* Make sure that we have not broken any branches. */
7607 init_ebb_constraint (&ebb_table
);
7608 ebb
= &ebb_table
.ebb
;
7609 init_ebb (ebb
, target_sec_cache
->sec
, target_sec_cache
->contents
,
7610 target_sec_cache
->content_length
,
7611 target_sec_cache
->ptbl
, target_sec_cache
->pte_count
,
7612 target_sec_cache
->relocs
, target_sec_cache
->reloc_count
);
7614 /* Propose to add 4 bytes + worst-case alignment size increase to
7616 ebb_propose_action (&ebb_table
, EBB_NO_ALIGN
, 0,
7617 ta_fill
, target_loc
->target_offset
,
7618 -4 - (1 << target_sec
->alignment_power
), TRUE
);
7620 /* Check all of the PC-relative relocations to make sure they still fit. */
7621 relocs_fit
= check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit (target_sec
->owner
, target_sec
,
7622 target_sec_cache
->contents
,
7623 target_sec_cache
->relocs
,
7629 text_action_add_literal (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
7630 ta_add_literal
, target_loc
, lit_value
, -4);
7632 if (target_sec
->alignment_power
> 2 && target_entry
!= src_entry
)
7634 /* May need to add or remove some fill to maintain alignment. */
7635 int fill_extra_space
;
7636 bfd_vma entry_sec_offset
;
7639 target_entry
->address
- target_sec
->vma
+ target_entry
->size
;
7641 /* If the literal range is at the end of the section,
7643 fill_extra_space
= 0;
7645 elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (target_sec_cache
->ptbl
,
7646 target_sec_cache
->pte_count
,
7648 if (the_add_entry
&& (the_add_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
))
7649 fill_extra_space
= the_add_entry
->size
;
7651 target_fa
= find_fill_action (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
7652 target_sec
, entry_sec_offset
);
7653 removed_diff
= compute_removed_action_diff (target_fa
, target_sec
,
7654 entry_sec_offset
, 4,
7657 adjust_fill_action (target_fa
, removed_diff
);
7659 text_action_add (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
7660 ta_fill
, target_sec
, entry_sec_offset
, removed_diff
);
7663 /* Mark that the literal will be moved to the new location. */
7664 add_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
, &rel
->r_rel
, target_loc
);
7666 /* Remove the literal. */
7667 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7668 ta_remove_literal
, sec
, rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
, 4);
7670 /* If the section is 4-byte aligned, do not add fill. */
7671 if (sec
->alignment_power
> 2 && target_entry
!= src_entry
)
7673 int fill_extra_space
;
7674 bfd_vma entry_sec_offset
;
7677 entry_sec_offset
= src_entry
->address
- sec
->vma
+ src_entry
->size
;
7679 entry_sec_offset
= rel
->r_rel
.target_offset
+4;
7681 /* If the literal range is at the end of the section,
7683 fill_extra_space
= 0;
7684 the_add_entry
= elf_xtensa_find_property_entry (prop_table
, ptblsize
,
7686 if (the_add_entry
&& (the_add_entry
->flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
))
7687 fill_extra_space
= the_add_entry
->size
;
7689 fa
= find_fill_action (&relax_info
->action_list
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
);
7690 removed_diff
= compute_removed_action_diff (fa
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
,
7691 -4, fill_extra_space
);
7693 adjust_fill_action (fa
, removed_diff
);
7695 text_action_add (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7696 ta_fill
, sec
, entry_sec_offset
, removed_diff
);
7703 /* Second relaxation pass. */
7705 /* Modify all of the relocations to point to the right spot, and if this
7706 is a relaxable section, delete the unwanted literals and fix the
7710 relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7712 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7713 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
7715 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
7717 bfd_boolean rv
= FALSE
;
7718 bfd_boolean virtual_action
;
7719 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
7721 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
7722 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
7723 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
);
7725 /* First translate any of the fixes that have been added already. */
7726 translate_section_fixes (sec
);
7728 /* Handle property sections (e.g., literal tables) specially. */
7729 if (xtensa_is_property_section (sec
))
7731 BFD_ASSERT (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
);
7732 return relax_property_section (abfd
, sec
, link_info
);
7735 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
7736 link_info
->keep_memory
);
7737 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
7738 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
7744 if (internal_relocs
)
7746 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7748 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
7749 xtensa_relax_info
*target_relax_info
;
7750 bfd_vma source_offset
, old_source_offset
;
7753 asection
*target_sec
;
7755 /* Locally change the source address.
7756 Translate the target to the new target address.
7757 If it points to this section and has been removed,
7761 irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
7762 source_offset
= irel
->r_offset
;
7763 old_source_offset
= source_offset
;
7765 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
7766 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
,
7767 bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
));
7769 /* If this section could have changed then we may need to
7770 change the relocation's offset. */
7772 if (relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
7773 || relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
7775 if (r_type
!= R_XTENSA_NONE
7776 && find_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
,
7779 /* Remove this relocation. */
7780 if (elf_hash_table (link_info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7781 shrink_dynamic_reloc_sections (link_info
, abfd
, sec
, irel
);
7782 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
7783 irel
->r_offset
= offset_with_removed_text
7784 (&relax_info
->action_list
, irel
->r_offset
);
7785 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
7789 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY
)
7791 text_action
*action
=
7792 find_insn_action (&relax_info
->action_list
,
7794 if (action
&& (action
->action
== ta_convert_longcall
7795 || action
->action
== ta_remove_longcall
))
7797 bfd_reloc_status_type retval
;
7798 char *error_message
= NULL
;
7800 retval
= contract_asm_expansion (contents
, sec_size
,
7801 irel
, &error_message
);
7802 if (retval
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
7804 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
7805 (link_info
, error_message
, abfd
, sec
,
7809 /* Update the action so that the code that moves
7810 the contents will do the right thing. */
7811 if (action
->action
== ta_remove_longcall
)
7812 action
->action
= ta_remove_insn
;
7814 action
->action
= ta_none
;
7815 /* Refresh the info in the r_rel. */
7816 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
7817 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
7821 source_offset
= offset_with_removed_text
7822 (&relax_info
->action_list
, irel
->r_offset
);
7823 irel
->r_offset
= source_offset
;
7826 /* If the target section could have changed then
7827 we may need to change the relocation's target offset. */
7829 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
7830 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
7832 if (target_relax_info
7833 && (target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
7834 || target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
7838 bfd_vma addend_displacement
;
7840 translate_reloc (&r_rel
, &new_reloc
);
7842 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_DIFF8
7843 || r_type
== R_XTENSA_DIFF16
7844 || r_type
== R_XTENSA_DIFF32
)
7846 bfd_vma diff_value
= 0, new_end_offset
, diff_mask
= 0;
7848 if (bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
) < old_source_offset
)
7850 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
7851 (link_info
, _("invalid relocation address"),
7852 abfd
, sec
, old_source_offset
);
7858 case R_XTENSA_DIFF8
:
7860 bfd_get_8 (abfd
, &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
7862 case R_XTENSA_DIFF16
:
7864 bfd_get_16 (abfd
, &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
7866 case R_XTENSA_DIFF32
:
7868 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
7872 new_end_offset
= offset_with_removed_text
7873 (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
7874 r_rel
.target_offset
+ diff_value
);
7875 diff_value
= new_end_offset
- new_reloc
.target_offset
;
7879 case R_XTENSA_DIFF8
:
7881 bfd_put_8 (abfd
, diff_value
,
7882 &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
7884 case R_XTENSA_DIFF16
:
7886 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, diff_value
,
7887 &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
7889 case R_XTENSA_DIFF32
:
7890 diff_mask
= 0xffffffff;
7891 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, diff_value
,
7892 &contents
[old_source_offset
]);
7896 /* Check for overflow. */
7897 if ((diff_value
& ~diff_mask
) != 0)
7899 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
7900 (link_info
, _("overflow after relaxation"),
7901 abfd
, sec
, old_source_offset
);
7905 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
7908 /* FIXME: If the relocation still references a section in
7909 the same input file, the relocation should be modified
7910 directly instead of adding a "fix" record. */
7912 addend_displacement
=
7913 new_reloc
.target_offset
+ new_reloc
.virtual_offset
;
7915 fix
= reloc_bfd_fix_init (sec
, source_offset
, r_type
, 0,
7916 r_reloc_get_section (&new_reloc
),
7917 addend_displacement
, TRUE
);
7921 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
7925 if ((relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
7926 || relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
7927 && relax_info
->action_list
.head
)
7929 /* Walk through the planned actions and build up a table
7930 of move, copy and fill records. Use the move, copy and
7931 fill records to perform the actions once. */
7933 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
7935 bfd_size_type final_size
, copy_size
, orig_insn_size
;
7936 bfd_byte
*scratch
= NULL
;
7937 bfd_byte
*dup_contents
= NULL
;
7938 bfd_size_type orig_size
= size
;
7939 bfd_vma orig_dot
= 0;
7940 bfd_vma orig_dot_copied
= 0; /* Byte copied already from
7941 orig dot in physical memory. */
7942 bfd_vma orig_dot_vo
= 0; /* Virtual offset from orig_dot. */
7943 bfd_vma dup_dot
= 0;
7945 text_action
*action
= relax_info
->action_list
.head
;
7947 final_size
= sec
->size
;
7948 for (action
= relax_info
->action_list
.head
; action
;
7949 action
= action
->next
)
7951 final_size
-= action
->removed_bytes
;
7954 scratch
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (final_size
);
7955 dup_contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (final_size
);
7957 /* The dot is the current fill location. */
7959 print_action_list (stderr
, &relax_info
->action_list
);
7962 for (action
= relax_info
->action_list
.head
; action
;
7963 action
= action
->next
)
7965 virtual_action
= FALSE
;
7966 if (action
->offset
> orig_dot
)
7968 orig_dot
+= orig_dot_copied
;
7969 orig_dot_copied
= 0;
7971 /* Out of the virtual world. */
7974 if (action
->offset
> orig_dot
)
7976 copy_size
= action
->offset
- orig_dot
;
7977 memmove (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
], &contents
[orig_dot
], copy_size
);
7978 orig_dot
+= copy_size
;
7979 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
7980 BFD_ASSERT (action
->offset
== orig_dot
);
7982 else if (action
->offset
< orig_dot
)
7984 if (action
->action
== ta_fill
7985 && action
->offset
- action
->removed_bytes
== orig_dot
)
7987 /* This is OK because the fill only effects the dup_dot. */
7989 else if (action
->action
== ta_add_literal
)
7991 /* TBD. Might need to handle this. */
7994 if (action
->offset
== orig_dot
)
7996 if (action
->virtual_offset
> orig_dot_vo
)
7998 if (orig_dot_vo
== 0)
8000 /* Need to copy virtual_offset bytes. Probably four. */
8001 copy_size
= action
->virtual_offset
- orig_dot_vo
;
8002 memmove (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
],
8003 &contents
[orig_dot
], copy_size
);
8004 orig_dot_copied
= copy_size
;
8005 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
8007 virtual_action
= TRUE
;
8010 BFD_ASSERT (action
->virtual_offset
<= orig_dot_vo
);
8012 switch (action
->action
)
8014 case ta_remove_literal
:
8015 case ta_remove_insn
:
8016 BFD_ASSERT (action
->removed_bytes
>= 0);
8017 orig_dot
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
8020 case ta_narrow_insn
:
8023 memmove (scratch
, &contents
[orig_dot
], orig_insn_size
);
8024 BFD_ASSERT (action
->removed_bytes
== 1);
8025 rv
= narrow_instruction (scratch
, final_size
, 0, TRUE
);
8027 memmove (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
], scratch
, copy_size
);
8028 orig_dot
+= orig_insn_size
;
8029 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
8033 if (action
->removed_bytes
>= 0)
8034 orig_dot
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
8037 /* Already zeroed in dup_contents. Just bump the
8039 dup_dot
+= (-action
->removed_bytes
);
8044 BFD_ASSERT (action
->removed_bytes
== 0);
8047 case ta_convert_longcall
:
8048 case ta_remove_longcall
:
8049 /* These will be removed or converted before we get here. */
8056 memmove (scratch
, &contents
[orig_dot
], orig_insn_size
);
8057 BFD_ASSERT (action
->removed_bytes
== -1);
8058 rv
= widen_instruction (scratch
, final_size
, 0, TRUE
);
8060 memmove (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
], scratch
, copy_size
);
8061 orig_dot
+= orig_insn_size
;
8062 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
8065 case ta_add_literal
:
8068 BFD_ASSERT (action
->removed_bytes
== -4);
8069 /* TBD -- place the literal value here and insert
8071 memset (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
], 0, 4);
8072 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
8073 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
8075 if (!move_literal (abfd
, link_info
, sec
, dup_dot
, dup_contents
,
8076 relax_info
, &internal_relocs
, &action
->value
))
8080 orig_dot_vo
+= copy_size
;
8082 orig_dot
+= orig_insn_size
;
8083 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
8087 /* Not implemented yet. */
8092 size
-= action
->removed_bytes
;
8093 removed
+= action
->removed_bytes
;
8094 BFD_ASSERT (dup_dot
<= final_size
);
8095 BFD_ASSERT (orig_dot
<= orig_size
);
8098 orig_dot
+= orig_dot_copied
;
8099 orig_dot_copied
= 0;
8101 if (orig_dot
!= orig_size
)
8103 copy_size
= orig_size
- orig_dot
;
8104 BFD_ASSERT (orig_size
> orig_dot
);
8105 BFD_ASSERT (dup_dot
+ copy_size
== final_size
);
8106 memmove (&dup_contents
[dup_dot
], &contents
[orig_dot
], copy_size
);
8107 orig_dot
+= copy_size
;
8108 dup_dot
+= copy_size
;
8110 BFD_ASSERT (orig_size
== orig_dot
);
8111 BFD_ASSERT (final_size
== dup_dot
);
8113 /* Move the dup_contents back. */
8114 if (final_size
> orig_size
)
8116 /* Contents need to be reallocated. Swap the dup_contents into
8118 sec
->contents
= dup_contents
;
8120 contents
= dup_contents
;
8121 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
8125 BFD_ASSERT (final_size
<= orig_size
);
8126 memset (contents
, 0, orig_size
);
8127 memcpy (contents
, dup_contents
, final_size
);
8128 free (dup_contents
);
8131 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
8133 sec
->size
= final_size
;
8137 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
8138 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
8144 translate_section_fixes (asection
*sec
)
8146 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
8149 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
8153 for (r
= relax_info
->fix_list
; r
!= NULL
; r
= r
->next
)
8154 if (!translate_reloc_bfd_fix (r
))
8161 /* Translate a fix given the mapping in the relax info for the target
8162 section. If it has already been translated, no work is required. */
8165 translate_reloc_bfd_fix (reloc_bfd_fix
*fix
)
8167 reloc_bfd_fix new_fix
;
8169 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
8170 removed_literal
*removed
;
8171 bfd_vma new_offset
, target_offset
;
8173 if (fix
->translated
)
8176 sec
= fix
->target_sec
;
8177 target_offset
= fix
->target_offset
;
8179 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
8182 fix
->translated
= TRUE
;
8188 /* The fix does not need to be translated if the section cannot change. */
8189 if (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
8190 && !relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
8192 fix
->translated
= TRUE
;
8196 /* If the literal has been moved and this relocation was on an
8197 opcode, then the relocation should move to the new literal
8198 location. Otherwise, the relocation should move within the
8202 if (is_operand_relocation (fix
->src_type
))
8204 /* Check if the original relocation is against a literal being
8206 removed
= find_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
,
8214 /* The fact that there is still a relocation to this literal indicates
8215 that the literal is being coalesced, not simply removed. */
8216 BFD_ASSERT (removed
->to
.abfd
!= NULL
);
8218 /* This was moved to some other address (possibly another section). */
8219 new_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&removed
->to
);
8223 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
8225 (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
8226 && !relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
8228 target_offset
= removed
->to
.target_offset
;
8229 new_fix
.target_sec
= new_sec
;
8230 new_fix
.target_offset
= target_offset
;
8231 new_fix
.translated
= TRUE
;
8236 target_offset
= removed
->to
.target_offset
;
8237 new_fix
.target_sec
= new_sec
;
8240 /* The target address may have been moved within its section. */
8241 new_offset
= offset_with_removed_text (&relax_info
->action_list
,
8244 new_fix
.target_offset
= new_offset
;
8245 new_fix
.target_offset
= new_offset
;
8246 new_fix
.translated
= TRUE
;
8252 /* Fix up a relocation to take account of removed literals. */
8255 translate_reloc (const r_reloc
*orig_rel
, r_reloc
*new_rel
)
8258 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
8259 removed_literal
*removed
;
8260 bfd_vma new_offset
, target_offset
, removed_bytes
;
8262 *new_rel
= *orig_rel
;
8264 if (!r_reloc_is_defined (orig_rel
))
8266 sec
= r_reloc_get_section (orig_rel
);
8268 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
8269 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
);
8271 if (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
8272 && !relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
8275 target_offset
= orig_rel
->target_offset
;
8278 if (is_operand_relocation (ELF32_R_TYPE (orig_rel
->rela
.r_info
)))
8280 /* Check if the original relocation is against a literal being
8282 removed
= find_removed_literal (&relax_info
->removed_list
,
8285 if (removed
&& removed
->to
.abfd
)
8289 /* The fact that there is still a relocation to this literal indicates
8290 that the literal is being coalesced, not simply removed. */
8291 BFD_ASSERT (removed
->to
.abfd
!= NULL
);
8293 /* This was moved to some other address
8294 (possibly in another section). */
8295 *new_rel
= removed
->to
;
8296 new_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (new_rel
);
8300 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
8302 || (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
8303 && !relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
8306 target_offset
= new_rel
->target_offset
;
8309 /* ...and the target address may have been moved within its section. */
8310 new_offset
= offset_with_removed_text (&relax_info
->action_list
,
8313 /* Modify the offset and addend. */
8314 removed_bytes
= target_offset
- new_offset
;
8315 new_rel
->target_offset
= new_offset
;
8316 new_rel
->rela
.r_addend
-= removed_bytes
;
8320 /* For dynamic links, there may be a dynamic relocation for each
8321 literal. The number of dynamic relocations must be computed in
8322 size_dynamic_sections, which occurs before relaxation. When a
8323 literal is removed, this function checks if there is a corresponding
8324 dynamic relocation and shrinks the size of the appropriate dynamic
8325 relocation section accordingly. At this point, the contents of the
8326 dynamic relocation sections have not yet been filled in, so there's
8327 nothing else that needs to be done. */
8330 shrink_dynamic_reloc_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8332 asection
*input_section
,
8333 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8335 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8336 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8337 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8339 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8340 bfd_boolean dynamic_symbol
;
8342 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8343 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8345 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8346 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8348 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
8351 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
8353 dynamic_symbol
= xtensa_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (h
, info
);
8355 if ((r_type
== R_XTENSA_32
|| r_type
== R_XTENSA_PLT
)
8356 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
8357 && (dynamic_symbol
|| info
->shared
))
8360 const char *srel_name
;
8362 bfd_boolean is_plt
= FALSE
;
8364 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8365 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
8367 if (dynamic_symbol
&& r_type
== R_XTENSA_PLT
)
8369 srel_name
= ".rela.plt";
8373 srel_name
= ".rela.got";
8375 /* Reduce size of the .rela.* section by one reloc. */
8376 srel
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, srel_name
);
8377 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
8378 BFD_ASSERT (srel
->size
>= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8379 srel
->size
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8383 asection
*splt
, *sgotplt
, *srelgot
;
8384 int reloc_index
, chunk
;
8386 /* Find the PLT reloc index of the entry being removed. This
8387 is computed from the size of ".rela.plt". It is needed to
8388 figure out which PLT chunk to resize. Usually "last index
8389 = size - 1" since the index starts at zero, but in this
8390 context, the size has just been decremented so there's no
8391 need to subtract one. */
8392 reloc_index
= srel
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8394 chunk
= reloc_index
/ PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
;
8395 splt
= elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (dynobj
, chunk
);
8396 sgotplt
= elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (dynobj
, chunk
);
8397 BFD_ASSERT (splt
!= NULL
&& sgotplt
!= NULL
);
8399 /* Check if an entire PLT chunk has just been eliminated. */
8400 if (reloc_index
% PLT_ENTRIES_PER_CHUNK
== 0)
8402 /* The two magic GOT entries for that chunk can go away. */
8403 srelgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rela.got");
8404 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot
!= NULL
);
8405 srelgot
->reloc_count
-= 2;
8406 srelgot
->size
-= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8409 /* There should be only one entry left (and it will be
8411 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt
->size
== 4);
8412 BFD_ASSERT (splt
->size
== PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
);
8415 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt
->size
>= 4);
8416 BFD_ASSERT (splt
->size
>= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
);
8419 splt
->size
-= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
8425 /* Take an r_rel and move it to another section. This usually
8426 requires extending the interal_relocation array and pinning it. If
8427 the original r_rel is from the same BFD, we can complete this here.
8428 Otherwise, we add a fix record to let the final link fix the
8429 appropriate address. Contents and internal relocations for the
8430 section must be pinned after calling this routine. */
8433 move_literal (bfd
*abfd
,
8434 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8438 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
,
8439 Elf_Internal_Rela
**internal_relocs_p
,
8440 const literal_value
*lit
)
8442 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= NULL
;
8443 size_t new_relocs_count
= 0;
8444 Elf_Internal_Rela this_rela
;
8445 const r_reloc
*r_rel
;
8447 r_rel
= &lit
->r_rel
;
8448 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
== *internal_relocs_p
);
8450 if (r_reloc_is_const (r_rel
))
8451 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, lit
->value
, contents
+ offset
);
8456 asection
*target_sec
;
8460 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (r_rel
->rela
.r_info
);
8461 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (r_rel
);
8463 /* This is the difficult case. We have to create a fix up. */
8464 this_rela
.r_offset
= offset
;
8465 this_rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
8466 this_rela
.r_addend
=
8467 r_rel
->target_offset
- r_reloc_get_target_offset (r_rel
);
8468 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, lit
->value
, contents
+ offset
);
8470 /* Currently, we cannot move relocations during a relocatable link. */
8471 BFD_ASSERT (!link_info
->relocatable
);
8472 fix
= reloc_bfd_fix_init (sec
, offset
, r_type
, r_rel
->abfd
,
8473 r_reloc_get_section (r_rel
),
8474 r_rel
->target_offset
+ r_rel
->virtual_offset
,
8476 /* We also need to mark that relocations are needed here. */
8477 sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
8479 translate_reloc_bfd_fix (fix
);
8480 /* This fix has not yet been translated. */
8483 /* Add the relocation. If we have already allocated our own
8484 space for the relocations and we have room for more, then use
8485 it. Otherwise, allocate new space and move the literals. */
8486 insert_at
= sec
->reloc_count
;
8487 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; ++i
)
8489 if (this_rela
.r_offset
< (*internal_relocs_p
)[i
].r_offset
)
8496 if (*internal_relocs_p
!= relax_info
->allocated_relocs
8497 || sec
->reloc_count
+ 1 > relax_info
->allocated_relocs_count
)
8499 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
->allocated_relocs
== NULL
8500 || sec
->reloc_count
== relax_info
->relocs_count
);
8502 if (relax_info
->allocated_relocs_count
== 0)
8503 new_relocs_count
= (sec
->reloc_count
+ 2) * 2;
8505 new_relocs_count
= (relax_info
->allocated_relocs_count
+ 2) * 2;
8507 new_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*)
8508 bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
) * (new_relocs_count
));
8512 /* We could handle this more quickly by finding the split point. */
8514 memcpy (new_relocs
, *internal_relocs_p
,
8515 insert_at
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8517 new_relocs
[insert_at
] = this_rela
;
8519 if (insert_at
!= sec
->reloc_count
)
8520 memcpy (new_relocs
+ insert_at
+ 1,
8521 (*internal_relocs_p
) + insert_at
,
8522 (sec
->reloc_count
- insert_at
)
8523 * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8525 if (*internal_relocs_p
!= relax_info
->allocated_relocs
)
8527 /* The first time we re-allocate, we can only free the
8528 old relocs if they were allocated with bfd_malloc.
8529 This is not true when keep_memory is in effect. */
8530 if (!link_info
->keep_memory
)
8531 free (*internal_relocs_p
);
8534 free (*internal_relocs_p
);
8535 relax_info
->allocated_relocs
= new_relocs
;
8536 relax_info
->allocated_relocs_count
= new_relocs_count
;
8537 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
8539 relax_info
->relocs_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
8540 *internal_relocs_p
= new_relocs
;
8544 if (insert_at
!= sec
->reloc_count
)
8547 for (idx
= sec
->reloc_count
; idx
> insert_at
; idx
--)
8548 (*internal_relocs_p
)[idx
] = (*internal_relocs_p
)[idx
-1];
8550 (*internal_relocs_p
)[insert_at
] = this_rela
;
8552 if (relax_info
->allocated_relocs
)
8553 relax_info
->relocs_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
8560 /* This is similar to relax_section except that when a target is moved,
8561 we shift addresses up. We also need to modify the size. This
8562 algorithm does NOT allow for relocations into the middle of the
8563 property sections. */
8566 relax_property_section (bfd
*abfd
,
8568 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
8570 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8573 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
8574 bfd_boolean is_full_prop_section
;
8575 size_t last_zfill_target_offset
= 0;
8576 asection
*last_zfill_target_sec
= NULL
;
8577 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
8579 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
8580 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
8581 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8582 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
8583 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
8589 is_full_prop_section
=
8590 ((strcmp (sec
->name
, XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
) == 0)
8591 || (strncmp (sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.prop.",
8592 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce.prop." - 1) == 0));
8594 if (internal_relocs
)
8596 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8598 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
8599 xtensa_relax_info
*target_relax_info
;
8601 asection
*target_sec
;
8603 bfd_byte
*size_p
, *flags_p
;
8605 /* Locally change the source address.
8606 Translate the target to the new target address.
8607 If it points to this section and has been removed, MOVE IT.
8608 Also, don't forget to modify the associated SIZE at
8611 irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
8612 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
8613 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_NONE
)
8616 /* Find the literal value. */
8617 r_reloc_init (&val
.r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
8618 size_p
= &contents
[irel
->r_offset
+ 4];
8620 if (is_full_prop_section
)
8622 flags_p
= &contents
[irel
->r_offset
+ 8];
8623 BFD_ASSERT (irel
->r_offset
+ 12 <= sec_size
);
8626 BFD_ASSERT (irel
->r_offset
+ 8 <= sec_size
);
8628 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&val
.r_rel
);
8629 target_relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (target_sec
);
8631 if (target_relax_info
8632 && (target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
8633 || target_relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
))
8635 /* Translate the relocation's destination. */
8636 bfd_vma new_offset
, new_end_offset
;
8637 long old_size
, new_size
;
8639 new_offset
= offset_with_removed_text
8640 (&target_relax_info
->action_list
, val
.r_rel
.target_offset
);
8642 /* Assert that we are not out of bounds. */
8643 old_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, size_p
);
8647 /* Only the first zero-sized unreachable entry is
8648 allowed to expand. In this case the new offset
8649 should be the offset before the fill and the new
8650 size is the expansion size. For other zero-sized
8651 entries the resulting size should be zero with an
8652 offset before or after the fill address depending
8653 on whether the expanding unreachable entry
8655 if (last_zfill_target_sec
8656 && last_zfill_target_sec
== target_sec
8657 && last_zfill_target_offset
== val
.r_rel
.target_offset
)
8658 new_end_offset
= new_offset
;
8661 new_end_offset
= new_offset
;
8662 new_offset
= offset_with_removed_text_before_fill
8663 (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
8664 val
.r_rel
.target_offset
);
8666 /* If it is not unreachable and we have not yet
8667 seen an unreachable at this address, place it
8668 before the fill address. */
8670 || (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, flags_p
)
8671 & XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
) == 0)
8672 new_end_offset
= new_offset
;
8675 last_zfill_target_sec
= target_sec
;
8676 last_zfill_target_offset
= val
.r_rel
.target_offset
;
8682 new_end_offset
= offset_with_removed_text_before_fill
8683 (&target_relax_info
->action_list
,
8684 val
.r_rel
.target_offset
+ old_size
);
8687 new_size
= new_end_offset
- new_offset
;
8689 if (new_size
!= old_size
)
8691 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, new_size
, size_p
);
8692 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
8695 if (new_offset
!= val
.r_rel
.target_offset
)
8697 bfd_vma diff
= new_offset
- val
.r_rel
.target_offset
;
8698 irel
->r_addend
+= diff
;
8699 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
8705 /* Combine adjacent property table entries. This is also done in
8706 finish_dynamic_sections() but at that point it's too late to
8707 reclaim the space in the output section, so we do this twice. */
8709 if (internal_relocs
&& (!link_info
->relocatable
8710 || strcmp (sec
->name
, XTENSA_LIT_SEC_NAME
) == 0))
8712 Elf_Internal_Rela
*last_irel
= NULL
;
8713 int removed_bytes
= 0;
8714 bfd_vma offset
, last_irel_offset
;
8715 bfd_vma section_size
;
8716 bfd_size_type entry_size
;
8717 flagword predef_flags
;
8719 if (is_full_prop_section
)
8724 predef_flags
= xtensa_get_property_predef_flags (sec
);
8726 /* Walk over memory and irels at the same time.
8727 This REQUIRES that the internal_relocs be sorted by offset. */
8728 qsort (internal_relocs
, sec
->reloc_count
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
),
8729 internal_reloc_compare
);
8730 nexti
= 0; /* Index into internal_relocs. */
8732 pin_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
8733 pin_contents (sec
, contents
);
8735 last_irel_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
8736 section_size
= sec
->size
;
8737 BFD_ASSERT (section_size
% entry_size
== 0);
8739 for (offset
= 0; offset
< section_size
; offset
+= entry_size
)
8741 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *next_irel
;
8742 bfd_vma bytes_to_remove
, size
, actual_offset
;
8743 bfd_boolean remove_this_irel
;
8749 /* Find the next two relocations (if there are that many left),
8750 skipping over any R_XTENSA_NONE relocs. On entry, "nexti" is
8751 the starting reloc index. After these two loops, "i"
8752 is the index of the first non-NONE reloc past that starting
8753 index, and "nexti" is the index for the next non-NONE reloc
8756 for (i
= nexti
; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8758 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (internal_relocs
[i
].r_info
) != R_XTENSA_NONE
)
8760 irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
8763 internal_relocs
[i
].r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
8766 for (nexti
= i
+ 1; nexti
< sec
->reloc_count
; nexti
++)
8768 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (internal_relocs
[nexti
].r_info
)
8771 next_irel
= &internal_relocs
[nexti
];
8774 internal_relocs
[nexti
].r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
8777 remove_this_irel
= FALSE
;
8778 bytes_to_remove
= 0;
8779 actual_offset
= offset
- removed_bytes
;
8780 size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[actual_offset
+ 4]);
8782 if (is_full_prop_section
)
8783 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[actual_offset
+ 8]);
8785 flags
= predef_flags
;
8787 /* Check that the irels are sorted by offset,
8788 with only one per address. */
8789 BFD_ASSERT (!irel
|| (int) irel
->r_offset
> (int) last_irel_offset
);
8790 BFD_ASSERT (!next_irel
|| next_irel
->r_offset
> irel
->r_offset
);
8792 /* Make sure there aren't relocs on the size or flag fields. */
8793 if ((irel
&& irel
->r_offset
== offset
+ 4)
8794 || (is_full_prop_section
8795 && irel
&& irel
->r_offset
== offset
+ 8))
8797 irel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
8798 last_irel_offset
= irel
->r_offset
;
8800 else if (next_irel
&& (next_irel
->r_offset
== offset
+ 4
8801 || (is_full_prop_section
8802 && next_irel
->r_offset
== offset
+ 8)))
8805 irel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
8806 next_irel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
8807 last_irel_offset
= next_irel
->r_offset
;
8809 else if (size
== 0 && (flags
& XTENSA_PROP_ALIGN
) == 0
8810 && (flags
& XTENSA_PROP_UNREACHABLE
) == 0)
8812 /* Always remove entries with zero size and no alignment. */
8813 bytes_to_remove
= entry_size
;
8814 if (irel
&& irel
->r_offset
== offset
)
8816 remove_this_irel
= TRUE
;
8818 irel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
8819 last_irel_offset
= irel
->r_offset
;
8822 else if (irel
&& irel
->r_offset
== offset
)
8824 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_XTENSA_32
)
8830 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[last_irel
->r_offset
+ 4]);
8831 bfd_vma old_address
=
8832 (last_irel
->r_addend
8833 + bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[last_irel
->r_offset
]));
8834 bfd_vma new_address
=
8836 + bfd_get_32 (abfd
, &contents
[actual_offset
]));
8837 if (is_full_prop_section
)
8838 old_flags
= bfd_get_32
8839 (abfd
, &contents
[last_irel
->r_offset
+ 8]);
8841 old_flags
= predef_flags
;
8843 if ((ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
)
8844 == ELF32_R_SYM (last_irel
->r_info
))
8845 && old_address
+ old_size
== new_address
8846 && old_flags
== flags
8847 && (old_flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_BRANCH_TARGET
) == 0
8848 && (old_flags
& XTENSA_PROP_INSN_LOOP_TARGET
) == 0)
8850 /* Fix the old size. */
8851 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, old_size
+ size
,
8852 &contents
[last_irel
->r_offset
+ 4]);
8853 bytes_to_remove
= entry_size
;
8854 remove_this_irel
= TRUE
;
8863 irel
->r_offset
-= removed_bytes
;
8864 last_irel_offset
= irel
->r_offset
;
8867 if (remove_this_irel
)
8869 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_XTENSA_NONE
);
8870 irel
->r_offset
-= bytes_to_remove
;
8873 if (bytes_to_remove
!= 0)
8875 removed_bytes
+= bytes_to_remove
;
8876 if (offset
+ bytes_to_remove
< section_size
)
8877 memmove (&contents
[actual_offset
],
8878 &contents
[actual_offset
+ bytes_to_remove
],
8879 section_size
- offset
- bytes_to_remove
);
8885 /* Clear the removed bytes. */
8886 memset (&contents
[section_size
- removed_bytes
], 0, removed_bytes
);
8888 sec
->size
= section_size
- removed_bytes
;
8890 if (xtensa_is_littable_section (sec
))
8892 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (link_info
)->dynobj
;
8896 bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got.loc");
8898 sgotloc
->size
-= removed_bytes
;
8905 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
8906 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
8911 /* Third relaxation pass. */
8913 /* Change symbol values to account for removed literals. */
8916 relax_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
8918 xtensa_relax_info
*relax_info
;
8919 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
8920 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8921 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
8922 unsigned i
, num_syms
, num_locals
;
8924 relax_info
= get_xtensa_relax_info (sec
);
8925 BFD_ASSERT (relax_info
);
8927 if (!relax_info
->is_relaxable_literal_section
8928 && !relax_info
->is_relaxable_asm_section
)
8931 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8933 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8934 isymbuf
= retrieve_local_syms (abfd
);
8936 num_syms
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
);
8937 num_locals
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8939 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
8940 for (i
= 0; i
< num_locals
; i
++)
8942 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= &isymbuf
[i
];
8944 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
)
8946 bfd_vma new_address
= offset_with_removed_text
8947 (&relax_info
->action_list
, isym
->st_value
);
8948 bfd_vma new_size
= isym
->st_size
;
8950 if (ELF32_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
)
8952 bfd_vma new_end
= offset_with_removed_text
8953 (&relax_info
->action_list
, isym
->st_value
+ isym
->st_size
);
8954 new_size
= new_end
- new_address
;
8957 isym
->st_value
= new_address
;
8958 isym
->st_size
= new_size
;
8962 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
8963 for (i
= 0; i
< (num_syms
- num_locals
); i
++)
8965 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
;
8967 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[i
];
8969 if (sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8970 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) sym_hash
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8972 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8973 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8974 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
8976 bfd_vma new_address
= offset_with_removed_text
8977 (&relax_info
->action_list
, sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8978 bfd_vma new_size
= sym_hash
->size
;
8980 if (sym_hash
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
8982 bfd_vma new_end
= offset_with_removed_text
8983 (&relax_info
->action_list
,
8984 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ sym_hash
->size
);
8985 new_size
= new_end
- new_address
;
8988 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= new_address
;
8989 sym_hash
->size
= new_size
;
8997 /* "Fix" handling functions, called while performing relocations. */
9000 do_fix_for_relocatable_link (Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
9002 asection
*input_section
,
9006 asection
*sec
, *old_sec
;
9008 int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9011 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_NONE
)
9014 fix
= get_bfd_fix (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, r_type
);
9018 r_reloc_init (&r_rel
, input_bfd
, rel
, contents
,
9019 bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd
, input_section
));
9020 old_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&r_rel
);
9021 old_offset
= r_rel
.target_offset
;
9023 if (!old_sec
|| !r_reloc_is_defined (&r_rel
))
9025 if (r_type
!= R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND
)
9027 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9028 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unexpected fix for %s relocation"),
9029 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9030 elf_howto_table
[r_type
].name
);
9033 /* Leave it be. Resolution will happen in a later stage. */
9037 sec
= fix
->target_sec
;
9038 rel
->r_addend
+= ((sec
->output_offset
+ fix
->target_offset
)
9039 - (old_sec
->output_offset
+ old_offset
));
9046 do_fix_for_final_link (Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
9048 asection
*input_section
,
9050 bfd_vma
*relocationp
)
9053 int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9057 if (r_type
== R_XTENSA_NONE
)
9060 fix
= get_bfd_fix (input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, r_type
);
9064 sec
= fix
->target_sec
;
9066 fixup_diff
= rel
->r_addend
;
9067 if (elf_howto_table
[fix
->src_type
].partial_inplace
)
9069 bfd_vma inplace_val
;
9070 BFD_ASSERT (fix
->src_offset
9071 < bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd
, input_section
));
9072 inplace_val
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, &contents
[fix
->src_offset
]);
9073 fixup_diff
+= inplace_val
;
9076 *relocationp
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9077 + sec
->output_offset
9078 + fix
->target_offset
- fixup_diff
);
9082 /* Miscellaneous utility functions.... */
9085 elf_xtensa_get_plt_section (bfd
*dynobj
, int chunk
)
9090 return bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".plt");
9092 sprintf (plt_name
, ".plt.%u", chunk
);
9093 return bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, plt_name
);
9098 elf_xtensa_get_gotplt_section (bfd
*dynobj
, int chunk
)
9103 return bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".got.plt");
9105 sprintf (got_name
, ".got.plt.%u", chunk
);
9106 return bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, got_name
);
9110 /* Get the input section for a given symbol index.
9112 . a section symbol, return the section;
9113 . a common symbol, return the common section;
9114 . an undefined symbol, return the undefined section;
9115 . an indirect symbol, follow the links;
9116 . an absolute value, return the absolute section. */
9119 get_elf_r_symndx_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned long r_symndx
)
9121 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9122 asection
*target_sec
= NULL
;
9123 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
9125 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9126 unsigned int section_index
;
9128 isymbuf
= retrieve_local_syms (abfd
);
9129 section_index
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
].st_shndx
;
9131 if (section_index
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9132 target_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9133 else if (section_index
> 0 && section_index
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9134 target_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, section_index
);
9135 else if (section_index
== SHN_ABS
)
9136 target_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9137 else if (section_index
== SHN_COMMON
)
9138 target_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
9145 unsigned long indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9146 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
9148 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9149 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9150 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9152 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9154 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9155 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9156 target_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9158 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9159 target_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
9161 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9162 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9163 target_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9165 default: /* New indirect warning. */
9166 target_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9174 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
9175 get_elf_r_symndx_hash_entry (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned long r_symndx
)
9178 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9179 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9181 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
9184 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9185 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
9186 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9187 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9188 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9193 /* Get the section-relative offset for a symbol number. */
9196 get_elf_r_symndx_offset (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned long r_symndx
)
9198 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9201 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
9203 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9204 isymbuf
= retrieve_local_syms (abfd
);
9205 offset
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
].st_value
;
9209 unsigned long indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9210 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
=
9211 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
9213 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9214 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9215 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9216 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9217 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9218 offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9225 is_reloc_sym_weak (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9227 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9228 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9230 h
= get_elf_r_symndx_hash_entry (abfd
, r_symndx
);
9231 if (h
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9238 pcrel_reloc_fits (xtensa_opcode opc
,
9240 bfd_vma self_address
,
9241 bfd_vma dest_address
)
9243 xtensa_isa isa
= xtensa_default_isa
;
9244 uint32 valp
= dest_address
;
9245 if (xtensa_operand_do_reloc (isa
, opc
, opnd
, &valp
, self_address
)
9246 || xtensa_operand_encode (isa
, opc
, opnd
, &valp
))
9252 static int linkonce_len
= sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1;
9253 static int insn_sec_len
= sizeof (XTENSA_INSN_SEC_NAME
) - 1;
9254 static int lit_sec_len
= sizeof (XTENSA_LIT_SEC_NAME
) - 1;
9255 static int prop_sec_len
= sizeof (XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
) - 1;
9259 xtensa_is_property_section (asection
*sec
)
9261 if (strncmp (XTENSA_INSN_SEC_NAME
, sec
->name
, insn_sec_len
) == 0
9262 || strncmp (XTENSA_LIT_SEC_NAME
, sec
->name
, lit_sec_len
) == 0
9263 || strncmp (XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
, sec
->name
, prop_sec_len
) == 0)
9266 if (strncmp (".gnu.linkonce.", sec
->name
, linkonce_len
) == 0
9267 && (strncmp (&sec
->name
[linkonce_len
], "x.", 2) == 0
9268 || strncmp (&sec
->name
[linkonce_len
], "p.", 2) == 0
9269 || strncmp (&sec
->name
[linkonce_len
], "prop.", 5) == 0))
9277 xtensa_is_littable_section (asection
*sec
)
9279 if (strncmp (XTENSA_LIT_SEC_NAME
, sec
->name
, lit_sec_len
) == 0)
9282 if (strncmp (".gnu.linkonce.", sec
->name
, linkonce_len
) == 0
9283 && sec
->name
[linkonce_len
] == 'p'
9284 && sec
->name
[linkonce_len
+ 1] == '.')
9292 internal_reloc_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
9294 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*a
= (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*) ap
;
9295 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*b
= (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bp
;
9297 if (a
->r_offset
!= b
->r_offset
)
9298 return (a
->r_offset
- b
->r_offset
);
9300 /* We don't need to sort on these criteria for correctness,
9301 but enforcing a more strict ordering prevents unstable qsort
9302 from behaving differently with different implementations.
9303 Without the code below we get correct but different results
9304 on Solaris 2.7 and 2.8. We would like to always produce the
9305 same results no matter the host. */
9307 if (a
->r_info
!= b
->r_info
)
9308 return (a
->r_info
- b
->r_info
);
9310 return (a
->r_addend
- b
->r_addend
);
9315 internal_reloc_matches (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
9317 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*a
= (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*) ap
;
9318 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*b
= (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bp
;
9320 /* Check if one entry overlaps with the other; this shouldn't happen
9321 except when searching for a match. */
9322 return (a
->r_offset
- b
->r_offset
);
9327 xtensa_get_property_section_name (asection
*sec
, const char *base_name
)
9329 if (strncmp (sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.", linkonce_len
) == 0)
9331 char *prop_sec_name
;
9333 char *linkonce_kind
= 0;
9335 if (strcmp (base_name
, XTENSA_INSN_SEC_NAME
) == 0)
9336 linkonce_kind
= "x.";
9337 else if (strcmp (base_name
, XTENSA_LIT_SEC_NAME
) == 0)
9338 linkonce_kind
= "p.";
9339 else if (strcmp (base_name
, XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME
) == 0)
9340 linkonce_kind
= "prop.";
9344 prop_sec_name
= (char *) bfd_malloc (strlen (sec
->name
)
9345 + strlen (linkonce_kind
) + 1);
9346 memcpy (prop_sec_name
, ".gnu.linkonce.", linkonce_len
);
9347 strcpy (prop_sec_name
+ linkonce_len
, linkonce_kind
);
9349 suffix
= sec
->name
+ linkonce_len
;
9350 /* For backward compatibility, replace "t." instead of inserting
9351 the new linkonce_kind (but not for "prop" sections). */
9352 if (strncmp (suffix
, "t.", 2) == 0 && linkonce_kind
[1] == '.')
9354 strcat (prop_sec_name
+ linkonce_len
, suffix
);
9356 return prop_sec_name
;
9359 return strdup (base_name
);
9364 xtensa_get_property_predef_flags (asection
*sec
)
9366 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, XTENSA_INSN_SEC_NAME
) == 0
9367 || strncmp (sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.x.",
9368 sizeof ".gnu.linkonce.x." - 1) == 0)
9369 return (XTENSA_PROP_INSN
9370 | XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
9371 | XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_REORDER
);
9373 if (xtensa_is_littable_section (sec
))
9374 return (XTENSA_PROP_LITERAL
9375 | XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_TRANSFORM
9376 | XTENSA_PROP_INSN_NO_REORDER
);
9382 /* Other functions called directly by the linker. */
9385 xtensa_callback_required_dependence (bfd
*abfd
,
9387 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
9388 deps_callback_t callback
,
9391 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
9394 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
9395 bfd_size_type sec_size
;
9397 sec_size
= bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, sec
);
9399 /* ".plt*" sections have no explicit relocations but they contain L32R
9400 instructions that reference the corresponding ".got.plt*" sections. */
9401 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
9402 && strncmp (sec
->name
, ".plt", 4) == 0)
9406 /* Find the corresponding ".got.plt*" section. */
9407 if (sec
->name
[4] == '\0')
9408 sgotplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".got.plt");
9414 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->name
[4] == '.');
9415 chunk
= strtol (&sec
->name
[5], NULL
, 10);
9417 sprintf (got_name
, ".got.plt.%u", chunk
);
9418 sgotplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, got_name
);
9420 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt
);
9422 /* Assume worst-case offsets: L32R at the very end of the ".plt"
9423 section referencing a literal at the very beginning of
9424 ".got.plt". This is very close to the real dependence, anyway. */
9425 (*callback
) (sec
, sec_size
, sgotplt
, 0, closure
);
9428 internal_relocs
= retrieve_internal_relocs (abfd
, sec
,
9429 link_info
->keep_memory
);
9430 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
9431 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
9434 /* Cache the contents for the duration of this scan. */
9435 contents
= retrieve_contents (abfd
, sec
, link_info
->keep_memory
);
9436 if (contents
== NULL
&& sec_size
!= 0)
9442 if (!xtensa_default_isa
)
9443 xtensa_default_isa
= xtensa_isa_init (0, 0);
9445 for (i
= 0; i
< sec
->reloc_count
; i
++)
9447 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
= &internal_relocs
[i
];
9448 if (is_l32r_relocation (abfd
, sec
, contents
, irel
))
9451 asection
*target_sec
;
9452 bfd_vma target_offset
;
9454 r_reloc_init (&l32r_rel
, abfd
, irel
, contents
, sec_size
);
9457 /* L32Rs must be local to the input file. */
9458 if (r_reloc_is_defined (&l32r_rel
))
9460 target_sec
= r_reloc_get_section (&l32r_rel
);
9461 target_offset
= l32r_rel
.target_offset
;
9463 (*callback
) (sec
, irel
->r_offset
, target_sec
, target_offset
,
9469 release_internal_relocs (sec
, internal_relocs
);
9470 release_contents (sec
, contents
);
9474 /* The default literal sections should always be marked as "code" (i.e.,
9475 SHF_EXECINSTR). This is particularly important for the Linux kernel
9476 module loader so that the literals are not placed after the text. */
9477 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section elf_xtensa_special_sections
[] =
9479 { ".fini.literal", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
9480 { ".init.literal", 13, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
9481 { ".literal", 8, 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
9482 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
9486 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_xtensa_le_vec
9487 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-xtensa-le"
9488 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_xtensa_be_vec
9489 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-xtensa-be"
9490 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_xtensa
9492 /* The new EM_XTENSA value will be recognized beginning in the Xtensa T1040
9493 release. However, we still have to generate files with the EM_XTENSA_OLD
9494 value so that pre-T1040 tools can read the files. As soon as we stop
9495 caring about pre-T1040 tools, the following two values should be
9496 swapped. At the same time, any other code that uses EM_XTENSA_OLD
9497 should be changed to use EM_XTENSA. */
9498 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_XTENSA_OLD
9499 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_XTENSA
9502 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE (1 << XCHAL_MMU_MIN_PTE_PAGE_SIZE)
9503 #else /* !XCHAL_HAVE_MMU */
9504 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 1
9505 #endif /* !XCHAL_HAVE_MMU */
9506 #endif /* ELF_ARCH */
9508 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
9509 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
9510 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
9511 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 4
9512 #define elf_backend_want_dynbss 0
9513 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
9515 #define elf_info_to_howto elf_xtensa_info_to_howto_rela
9517 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data elf_xtensa_merge_private_bfd_data
9518 #define bfd_elf32_new_section_hook elf_xtensa_new_section_hook
9519 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data elf_xtensa_print_private_bfd_data
9520 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section elf_xtensa_relax_section
9521 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup elf_xtensa_reloc_type_lookup
9522 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags elf_xtensa_set_private_flags
9524 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol elf_xtensa_adjust_dynamic_symbol
9525 #define elf_backend_check_relocs elf_xtensa_check_relocs
9526 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections elf_xtensa_create_dynamic_sections
9527 #define elf_backend_discard_info elf_xtensa_discard_info
9528 #define elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs elf_xtensa_ignore_discarded_relocs
9529 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing elf_xtensa_final_write_processing
9530 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_sections
9531 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol elf_xtensa_finish_dynamic_symbol
9532 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook elf_xtensa_gc_mark_hook
9533 #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook elf_xtensa_gc_sweep_hook
9534 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf_xtensa_grok_prstatus
9535 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf_xtensa_grok_psinfo
9536 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol elf_xtensa_hide_symbol
9537 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map elf_xtensa_modify_segment_map
9538 #define elf_backend_object_p elf_xtensa_object_p
9539 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class elf_xtensa_reloc_type_class
9540 #define elf_backend_relocate_section elf_xtensa_relocate_section
9541 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections elf_xtensa_size_dynamic_sections
9542 #define elf_backend_special_sections elf_xtensa_special_sections
9544 #include "elf32-target.h"